NEMA Contactors and Starters

Size: px
Start display at page:

Download "NEMA Contactors and Starters"

Transcription

1 NM ontactors and Starters NM N16DN0 NM Size 1 Starter.1 Freedom Series Product Overview Features, enefits and Functions Standards and ertifications atalog Number Selection ontactors Non-Reversing and Reversing Starters Three-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage Starters Single-Phase Non-Reversing, Full Voltage, i-metallic Overload ccessories Renewal Parts Technical Data and Specifications Relays Thermal Overload /XT lectronic Overload Relay V5-T- V5-T- V5-T-3 V5-T-3 V5-T-4 V5-T-10 V5-T-15 V5-T-1 V5-T-30 V5-T-35 V5-T-39 V5-T-48 NM Size 1 ontactor. Space-Savings Series ontactors and Starters Product Description Product Selection Technical Data and Specifications XTO/XT lectronic Overload Relay Product Description Product Selection Technical Data and Specifications V5-T-63 V5-T-64 V5-T-71 NM Space-Savings Size 1 ontactor.3 00 Series ontactors Non-Reversing and Reversing Starters Non-Reversing and Reversing Relays Thermal and Fast Trip Thermal Type, lass 0, Manual Reset Thermal Type, lass 0, uto/manual Reset Type FT Fast Trip, lass Heater Selection Relays urrent Sensing Protective V5-T-78 V5-T-81 V5-T-85 V5-T-97 V5-T-103 V5-T-14 V5-T-16 V5-T-19 V5-T-13 V5-T-135 V5-T Solenoids lternating urrent Product Description Product Selection Dimensions V5-T-140 V5-T-141 V5-T-14.5 Shoe rakes and D Magnetic Product Description Product Selection Dimensions Reference Data I Utilization ategories nnex (informative) Motor Ratings Data V5-T-143 V5-T-144 V5-T-146 V5-T-148 V5-T-149 V5-T-151 Drawings Online Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-1

2 Revision notes Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection, Tab NM ontactors and Starters Revision date Section hange page(s) Description 10/10/017.1 V5-T- ontent edit 10/10/017.1 V5-T-30 V5-T-34 ontent edit 10/10/017.1 V5-T-53 V5-T-56 onsolidated layout, content edits 10/10/017. V5-T-84 V5-T-88 onsolidated layout, content edits 10/10/017.3 V5-T-10 ontent edit

3 .1 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series Freedom Series ontents Description Technical Data and Specifications Standards and ertifications atalog Number Selection ontactors Non-Reversing and Reversing... Starters Three-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage Starters Single-Phase Non-Reversing, Full Voltage, i-metallic Overload ccessories Renewal Parts Technical Data and Specifications Relays Thermal Overload /XT lectronic Overload Relay Page V5-T-3 V5-T-3 V5-T-4 V5-T-10 V5-T-15 V5-T-1 V5-T-30 V5-T-35 V5-T-39 V5-T-48 Product Overview Freedom Series starters and contactors feature a compact, space-saving design, using state-of-the-art technology and the latest in high strength, impact and temperature resistant insulating materials. Features, enefits and Functions Freedom NM djustable bimetallic ambient compensated overload relays with interchangeable heater packs available in three basic sizes, covering applications up to 900 hp reducing the number of different contactor/overload relay combinations that have to be stocked. Fixed heater overloads are optional lectronic overload relay (440) available as a standalone unit and assembled with Freedom ontactor full line of snap-on accessories top and side mounted auxiliary contacts, solid-state and pneumatic timers, and so on Straight-through wiring line lugs at top, load lugs at bottom Horizontal or vertical mounting on upright panel for application freedom Screw type power terminals have captive, backed-out self-lifting pressure plates with ± screws reduced wiring time ccessible terminals for easy wiring. Optional fingerproof shields available to prevent electrical shock Top located coil terminals convenient and readily accessible. 45 mm contactor magnet coils have three terminals, permitting either top or diagonal wiring easy to replace uropean or U.S. style starters or contactors without changing wiring layout Designed to meet or exceed NM, UL, S, VD, S and other international standards and listings merican engineering built by aton, using the latest in statistical process control methods to produce high quality, reliable products Sized based on standard NM classifications asy coil change and inspectable/replaceable contacts vailable in open and NM Type 1, 3R, 4/4X and 1 enclosures V5-T- Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

4 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series.1 Standards and ertifications Standard: designed to meet or exceed UL, NM, I, S, VD and S UL listed: UL File #1491, Guide #NLDX Open and NM 1, 4, 1 nclosed S ertified: S File #LR353, lass #31104 Open and NM 1 nclosed atalog Number Selection Freedom Series Device Type = Starter = ontactor Device ssembly onfiguration 70 = Multi-speed 1 = Non-reversing 5 = Reversing = = D= G= K= N= S= T= U= V= ontactor Frame Size 1 NM Size Standard = I N = NM ontinuous mperes ISO 9000 ertification When you turn to aton s products, you turn to quality. The International Standards Organization (ISO) has established a series of standards acknowledged by 91 industrialized nations to bring harmony to the international quest for quality. The ISO certification process covers 0 quality system elements in design, production and installation that must conform to achieve registration. This commitment to quality will result in increased product reliability and total customer satisfaction. Notes 1 For contactor only orders, add to end of catalog number if NM Size 00, 6. Only available on N56 reversing starters. 3 NM Sizes 00 and 0 only. 4 NM Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1 8 are 4/60 only. 5 NM Size 5 requires the use of Ts with 1-5 OL relay. Short ircuit Protection Fuses and Inverse-Time ircuit reakers may be selected per rticle 430, Part D of the National lectrical ode to protect motor branch circuits from fault conditions. If higher ratings or settings are required to start the motor, do not exceed the maximum as listed in xception No., rticle N 1 9 N OLR Type 5 = ontactor only no overload relay 6 = Starter w/306 bi-metal OLR 9 = Starter w/440 electronic overload NM nclosure N = Open For Starters Starter Mounting Option 0 = Horizontal V = Vertical For ontactors Only = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole 5 = Five-pole Suffix D H J K L N T U V W Y 440 OLR Designation (FVNR and FVR only) 5 = Standard feature set SL Reset, SL lass (10, 10, 0, 30) 5G = Ground fault feature set SL Reset, SL lass (10, 0) oil Suffix oil Volts and Hertz = 10/60 or 110/50 = 40/60 or 0/50 = 480/60 or 440/50 = 600/60 or 550/50 = 08/60 = 77/60 = 08 40/60 3 = 40/50 = /50 = 550/50 = 4/60, 4/50 4 = 4/50 = 3/50 = 48/60 = 48/ FL Range (FVNR and FVR only) NM Size 00 1P6 = = =4 0 NM Size 0 1P6 = = =4 0 NM Size 1 1P6 = = = =9 45 NM Size 005 = = =9 45 NM Size = NM Size = NM Size = Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-3

5 .1 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series Non-Reversing and Reversing ontactors ontactors Non-Reversing and Reversing Product Description Non-Reversing ontactors are most commonly used to switch motor loads in applications where running overcurrent protection is either not required or is provided separately. ontactors consist of a magnetically actuated switch which can be remotely operated by a pushbutton station or pilot device such as a proximity switch, limit switch, float switch, auxiliary contacts, and so on. Reversing Reversing contactors are used primarily for reversing single- or three-phase motors in applications where running overcurrent protection is either not required or is provided separately. They consist of two contactors mechanically and electrically interlocked to prevent line shorts and energization of both contactors simultaneously. ontents Description ontactors Non-Reversing and Reversing Product Selection Kits and ccessories Renewal Parts Publication Numbers Technical Data and Specifications Dimensions Starters Three-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage Starters Single-Phase Non-Reversing, Full Voltage, i-metallic Overload ccessories Renewal Parts Technical Data and Specifications Relays Thermal Overload Features, enefits and Functions Designed specifically for Non-Reversing use in applications requiring NM ratings. ontactors meet or exceed NM standards IS Long life twin break, silver cadmium oxide contacts provide excellent conductivity and superior resistance to welding and arc erosion Designed to 3,000,000 electrical operations at maximum hp ratings up through 5 hp at 600V Steel mounting plate standard on all open type contactors Page V5-T-5 V5-T-6 V5-T-6 V5-T-7 V5-T-8 V5-T-10 V5-T-15 V5-T-1 V5-T-30 V5-T-35 V5-T-39 Holding circuit contact(s) supplied as standard: Sizes 00 3 have NO auxiliary contact block mounted on right hand side (on Size 00, contact occupies 4th power pole position no increase in width) Sizes 4 5 have a NO contact block mounted on left side Sizes 6 7 have a NO/N contact block on top left Size 8 has a NO/N contact block on top left back and a NO contact block on top right back Reversing One NO-N side mounted interlock supplied as standard on each contactor for Sizes 00 8 V5-T-4 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

6 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series.1 Product Selection Three-Pole ontactors NM Size 00 N55N3 NM Size 0 N15N3 NM Size 3 N15KN3 Magnet oils and D ontactor coils listed in this section also have a 50 Hz rating as shown in the adjacent table. Select required contactor by catalog number and replace the magnet coil alpha Suffix Notes Type N15/N55 NM ontactors Non-Reversing and Reversing NM Size ontinuous mpere Rating 1 Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications: designation in the catalog number (_) with the proper code suffix from the table. For Sizes 00, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the next to the last digit of the listed catalog number. ommon control. For separate 10V control, insert letter D in 7th position of listed catalog number. xample:n15vnd3. 3 NM Sizes 00 and 0 only. 4 NM Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1 8 are 4/60 only. Maximum UL Horsepower 1 Single-Phase Three-Phase Non-Reversing Reversing 115V 30V 08V 40V 480V 600V atalog Number atalog Number / / 1-1/ N15N3_ N55N3_ N15N3_ N55N3_ / 7-1/ N15DN3_ N55DN3_ / N15GN3_ N55GN3_ N15KN3_ N55KN3_ N15NN3_ N55NN3_ N15SN3_ N55SN3_ N15TN3_ N55TN3_ N15UN3_ N55UN3_ N15VN3_ N55VN3_ XMPL: For a 380V, 50 Hz coil, change N15N3_ to N15N3L. For all other sizes, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the last digit of the listed catalog number. oil Volts and Hertz ode Suffix oil Volts and Hertz ode Suffix 10/60 or 110/ /50 L 40/60 or 0/50 550/50 N 480/60 or 440/50 4/60, 4/50 4 T 600/60 or 550/50 D 4/50 U 08/60 3/50 V 77/60 H 48/60 W 08 40/60 3 J 48/50 Y 40/50 K NM Size Horsepower 1-1/ For D Magnet oils, see ccessories, Pages V5-T-8 and V5-T-9. Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-5

7 .1 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series Two-, Four- and Five-Pole ontactors NM Size Five-Pole ontactor N15GN5 Magnet oils and D Select required starter by catalog number and replace the magnet coil alpha designation in the catalog number (_) with the proper code suffix from the table. Suffix Kits and ccessories uxiliary contacts, contactor mounted Pages V5-T-5 to V5-T-7 Transient suppressor, for magnet coil Page V5-T-4 Timers solid-state and pneumatic, mount on contactor Page V5-T- Renewal Parts Notes 1 NM Sizes 00 and 0 only. NM Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1 8 are 4/60 only. Type N15 NM ontactors Non-Reversing Two-Pole Four-Pole Five-Pole Maximum UL Horsepower Non-Reversing Non-Reversing Non-Reversing ontinuous NM mpere Single-Phase (Two-Pole) Three-Phase atalog atalog atalog Size Rating 115V 30V 08V 40V 480V 600V Number Number Number / / 1-1/ N15N_ N15N4_ N15N_ / 7-1/ N15DN_ N15DN4_ N15DN5_ / N15GN_ N15GN4_ N15GN5_ N15KN_ N15NN_ N15SN_ N15TN_ For Sizes 00, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the next to the last digit of the listed catalog number. XMPL: For a 380V, 50 Hz coil, change N15N3_ Publication Numbers See Page V5-T-30 to N15N3L. For all other sizes, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the last digit of the listed catalog number. oil Volts and Hertz ode Suffix oil Volts and Hertz ode Suffix 10/60 or 110/ /50 L 40/60 or 0/50 550/50 N 480/60 or 440/50 4/60, 4/50 T 600/60 or 550/50 D 4/50 U 08/60 3/50 V 77/60 H 48/60 W 08 40/60 1 J 48/50 Y 40/50 K For D Magnet oils, see ccessories, Pages V5-T-8 and V5-T-9. V5-T-6 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

8 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series.1 Technical Data and Specifications Wire (75 ) Sizes WG or kcmil Open and nclosed NM Size Power Terminals Line or Load ontrol Terminals u Only stranded; 1 14 solid u 1 16 stranded stranded; solid u 1 14 solid stranded or solid u 3 14 (upper) and/or 6 14 (lower) stranded or solid 1 u 3 1/0 14 u/l 4 50 mcm kcmil, or () 50 kcmil 3/0 u/l 6 () 750 kcmil 3/0 u/l 7 (3) 750 kcmil 3/0 u/l 8 (4) 750 kcmil 4/0 u/l Plugging and Jogging Service Horsepower Ratings NM Size 00V 30V 460V 575V 00 1/ 1/ 1/ 0 1-1/ 1-1/ / Notes 1 Two compartment box lug. Maximum horsepower where operation is interrupted more than 5 times per minute or more than 10 times in a 10 minute period. NM standard IS table Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-7

9 .1 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series Dimensions pproximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Non-Reversing ontactors Open Type G U X G U X Dimensions and Shipping Weights NM Size Note Top Mtd. ux. G U X uxiliary D ontacts Mtg. Holes for #10-3 Screws Sizes 00, Two- to Four-Pole Top Mtd. ux. D Number of Poles Top Mtd. ux. G U X Wide F Side Mtd. ux. Top Mtd. ux. uxiliary ontacts Mtg. Holes for #10-3 Screws Sizes 1, Five-Pole F Side Mtd. ux. High Deep 1 enter mounting slot at bottom supplied only on Size 00 and 0 contactors. G U X Top Mtd. ux. Mtg. Holes for () 5/16-18 Screws G U X Top Mtd. ux. uxiliary D ontacts Mtg. Holes for #10-3 Screws Sizes 0, Two- and Three-Pole D Mounting D Mounting F G Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) (44.5) 3.88 (98.6) 3.49 (88.6) 1.50 (38.1) (85.9) 4.6 (117.3) 0.54 (13.7) 1.7 (0.7) (44.5) 3.88 (98.6) 3.49 (88.6) 1.50 (38.1) (85.9) 4.6 (117.3) 0.54 (13.7) 1.8 (0.8) (65.0) 5.05 (18.3) 4.44 (11.8).00 (50.8) (114.3) 5.80 (147.3) 0.54 (13.7) 3.1 (1.4) (87.4) 5.05 (18.3) 4.44 (11.8).00 (50.8) (114.3) 5.80 (147.3) 0.54 (13.7) 3.6 (1.6) (109.7) 5.05 (18.3) 4.44 (11.8).00 (50.8) (114.3) 5.80 (147.3) 0.54 (13.7) 4.0 (1.8) (103.6) 7.17 (18.1) 5.94 (150.9) 3.00 (76.) 6.63 (168.4) 8.5 (3.9) (179.1) 9.11 (31.4) 7.5 (184.) 6.00 (15.4) 8.50 (15.9) 0.0 (9.1) (179.1) 13.1 (333.) 7.78 (197.6) 6.00 (15.4) 1.50 (317.5) 3.0 (10.4) (19.) (343.9) 8.88 (5.6) 4.33 (110.0) 8.63 (19.) 35.0 (15.9) (79.9) (490.) (91.1) 6.89 (175.0) 11.0 (79.9) (45.4) (330.) 4.50 (6.3) (346.) 4. (107.) (377.4) (7.6) F Side Mtd. ux. Side Mtd. ux. Mtg. Holes for (3) 1/4-0 Screws Size 3 G U X Top Mtd. ux. G U X Top Mtd. ux. F Side Mtd. ux. uxiliary D ontacts Mtg. Holes for #10-3 Screws Sizes 0, Two- and Three-Pole D Size 6 Mtg. Slots for () 5/16-18 Screws D Mtg. Holes for (3) Screws Sizes 4 5 V5-T-8 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

10 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series.1 pproximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Reversing ontactors Open Type Dimensions and Shipping Weights NM Size Note G U X Top Mtd. ux. Wide D D 1 Includes cross wiring. Top Mtd. ux. G U X uxiliary ontacts Mtg. Holes for (3) #10-3 Screws High Top Mtd. ux. F Side Mtd. ux. Deep Sizes 00 Size 3 Sizes 4 5 Mtg. for (4) 1/4-0 Screws D Size 6 Mounting D Mounting F G Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) (106.7) 4.35 (110.5) 3.5 (89.4) 3.50 (88.9) 3.86 (98.0) 4.90 (14.5) 0.54 (13.7) 3.3 (1.5) (145.0) 5.05 (18.3) 4.44 (11.8) 5.5 (133.4) 3.63 (9.) 5.80 (147.3) 0.54 (13.7) 7.8 (3.5) (1.0) 7.17 (18.1) 5.94 (150.9) 7.00 (177.8) 6.63 (168.4) 17.0 (7.7) (37.9) 9.11 (31.4) 7.5 (184.) (34.9) 8.50 (15.9) 47.0 (1.3) (368.3) 1.5 (311.) 7.78 (197.6) (34.9) (9.1) 63.0 (8.6) (50.) (41.9) 9.90 (51.5) (457.) 1.00 (304.8) 80.0 (36.3) (711.) 6.75 (679.5) (33.9) 1.75 (33.9) (79.4) 60.0 (118.0) (765.3) (990.6) (373.1) (358.9) (381.0) (158.9) D D Mtg. Holes for (4) 3/8-16 Screws Mtg. Holes for (3) 1/4-0 Screws D Mtg. Holes for (6) 1/-13 Screws Open Type Sizes 7 8 Horizontal Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-9

11 .1 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series Three-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage Starters ontents Starters Three-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage Product Description Non-Reversing Three-phase, full voltage magnetic starters are most commonly used to switch motor loads. Starters consist of a magnetically actuated switch (contactor) and an overload relay assembled together. Reversing Three-phase, full voltage magnetic starters are used primarily for reversing of three-phase squirrel cage motors. They consist of two contactors and a single overload relay assembled together. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked to prevent line shorts and energization of both contactors simultaneously. Features, enefits and Functions imetallic ambient compensated overload relays available in three basic sizes covering applications up to 900 hp reducing number of different contactor/overload relay combinations that have to be stocked These overload relays feature: Selectable manual or automatic reset operation Interchangeable heater packs adjustable ±4% to match motor FL and calibrated for 1.0 and 1.15 service factors. Heater packs for smaller overload relay will mount in larger overload relay useful in derating applications such as jogging Load lugs built into relay base Single-phase protection, lass 0 or lass 10 trip time Overload trip indication lectrically isolated NO-N contacts (pull RST button to test) Description ontactors Non-Reversing and Reversing Starters Three-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage Product Selection Kits and ccessories Renewal Parts Publication Numbers Technical Data and Specifications Wiring Diagrams Starters Single-Phase Non-Reversing, Full Voltage, i-metallic Overload ccessories Renewal Parts Technical Data and Specifications Relays Thermal Overload /XT lectronic Overload Relay The 440 is a selfpowered, robust electronic overload designed for integrated use with Freedom NM contactors Tiered feature set to provide coverage specific to your application road 5: 1 FL range for maximum flexibility overage from to meet all your needs Long life twin break, silver cadmium oxide contacts provide excellent conductivity and superior resistance to welding and arc erosion. Generously sized for low resistance and cool operation Designed to 3,000,000 electrical operations at maximum hp ratings up through 5 hp at 600V Steel mounting plate standard on all open type starters Wired for separate or common control Non-Reversing Page V5-T-4 V5-T-11 V5-T-13 V5-T-13 V5-T-13 V5-T-14 V5-T-15 V5-T-1 V5-T-30 V5-T-35 V5-T-39 V5-T-48 Holding circuit contact(s) supplied as standard: Sizes 00 3 have a NO auxiliary contact block mounted on right-hand side (on Size 00, contact occupies 4th power pole position no increase in width) Sizes 4 5 have a NO contact block mounted on left side Sizes 6 7 have a NO/N contact block on top left Size 8 has a NO/N contact block on top left back and a NO on top right back Reversing ach contactor (Size 00 8) supplied with one NO-N side mounted contact block as standard. N contacts are wired as electrical interlocks V5-T-10 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

12 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series.1 Product Selection When Ordering Supply atalog number Heater pack number (see selection table, Pages V5-T-41 to V5-T-43) or full load current Size 0 Non-Reversing Starter Size 1 Reversing Starter Magnet oils or D Starter coils listed in this section also have a 50 Hz rating as shown in the adjacent table. Select required starter by catalog number and replace the magnet coil alpha designation Suffix Notes Type N16/N56 NM Manual or utomatic Reset Overload Relay Non-Reversing and Reversing 1 ontinuous mpere Rating in the catalog number (_) with the proper code suffix from the table. For Sizes 00 and 5 8, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the next to last digit of the listed catalog number. XMPL: For a 380V, 50 Hz coil, change N16N0_ to N16N0L. For all other sizes, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the last digit of the listed catalog number. 1 Starter catalog numbers do not include heater packs. Select one carton of three heater packs. Heater pack selection, Pages V5-T-41 to V5-T-43. Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications: For D Magnet oils, see ccessories, Pages V5-T-8 and V5-T-9. 3 Underscore (_) indicates coil suffix required, see Suffix table. 4 The service-limit current ratings represent the maximum rms current, in amperes, which the controller shall be permitted to carry for protracted periods in normal service. t service-limit current ratings, temperature rises shall be permitted to exceed those obtained by testing the controller at its continuous current rating. The current rating of overload relays or trip current of other motor protective devices used shall not exceed the service-limit current rating of the controller. 5 ommon control. For separate 10V control, insert letter D in 7th position of listed catalog number. xample: N56VND0. 6 NM Sizes 00 and 0 only. 7 NM Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1 8 are 4/60 only. Service-Limit urrent Rating (mperes) 4 Maximum UL Horsepower Single-Phase Three-Phase Three-Pole Non-Reversing 3 Three-Pole Reversing 3 Vertical Reversing 3 NM Size 115V 30V 08V 40V 480V 600V atalog Number atalog Number atalog Number / / 1-1/ N16N0_ N56N0_ N16N0_ N56N0_ N56NV0_ / 7-1/ N16DN0_ N56DN0_ N56DNV0_ / N16GN0_ N56GN0_ N56GNV0_ N16KN0_ N56KN0_ N56KNV0_ N16NN0_ N56NN0_ N56NNV0_ N16SN0_ N56SN0_ N16TN0_ N56TN0_ N16UN0_ N56UN0_ N16VN0_ N56VN0_ oil Volts and Hertz ode Suffix oil Volts and Hertz ode Suffix 10/60 or 110/ /50 L 40/60 or 0/50 550/50 N 480/60 or 440/50 4/60, 4/50 7 T 600/60 or 550/50 D 4/50 U 08/60 3/50 V 77/60 H 48/60 W 08 40/60 6 J 48/50 Y 40/50 K 48/50 Y NM Size Horsepower 1-1/ Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-11

13 .1 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series Two-Speed Selective ontrol When Ordering Supply atalog number plus magnet coil code suffix. xample: Size 0 N700N0 Heater pack number or full load current for each speed Two-Winding N700DN0 One-Winding N700N018 One-Winding N700DN018 Separate Winding 1 Maximum Horsepower 60/50 Hertz Reconnectable Winding 1 Magnetic oils or D Notes For two-speed other than selective control: atalog number plus magnet coil code suffix and option required. xample: N700N0 except compelling Heater pack number or full load current for each speed Note: Two-speed starters are designed for starting and controlling both separate (two-winding) and reconnectable (one-winding) motors. Separate winding, WY-WY motors have a separate winding for each speed. Reconnectable, consequent pole motors use the same winding for both speeds. ll standard starters are wired for selective control. onstant or Variable Torque onstant Horsepower NM Open Type 115V 00V 30V 460V/575V 115V 00V 30V 460/575V Size atalog Number 1-1/ N700N0_ 3 7-1/ 7-1/ / 1 N700DN0_ / 10 0 N700GN0_ N700KN0_ N700NN0_ N700SN0_ Prices of starters do not include heater packs. Select two packs (two overload relays, one for each speed). Heater pack selection, Pages V5-T-41 to V5-T-43. Maximum Horsepower 60/50 Hertz 1 If branch circuit protective device is 45 or greater, 30FR1 fuse kit(s) may be required for circuit protection per N NM Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1 5 are 4/60 only. Open Type onstant or onstant onstant or Variable Torque onstant Horsepower NM Variable Torque Horsepower 115V 00V 30V 460V/575V 115V 00V 30V 460/575V Size atalog Number atalog Number 1-1/ N700N018_ N700N019_ 3 7-1/ 7-1/ / 1 N700DN018_ N700DN019_ / 10 0 N700GN018_ N700GN019_ N700KN018_ N700KN019_ N700NN018_ N700NN019_ Prices of starters do not include heater packs. Select two packs (two overload relays, one for each speed). Heater pack selection, Pages V5-T-41 to V5-T-43. oil Voltage and Hz ode Suffix oil Voltage and Hz ode Suffix oil Voltage and Hz ode Suffix 10/60 or 110/50 77/60 H 4/60, 4/50 T 40/60 or 0/ /60 J 4/50 U 480/60 or 440/50 40/50 K 3/50 V 600/60 or 550/50 D /50 L 48/60 W 08/60 550/50 N 48/50 Y V5-T-1 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

14 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series.1 Kits and ccessories uxiliary contacts, contactor mounted Pages V5-T-5 to V5-T-7 Transient suppressor, for magnet coil Page V5-T-4 Technical Data and Specifications Timers solid-state and pneumatic, mount on contactor Page V5-T- Wire (75 ) Sizes WG or kcmil NM Sizes 00 Open and nclosed NM Size Wire Size 1 u Only Power Terminals Line WG stranded, 1 14 WG solid WG stranded, WG solid WG stranded or solid 3 14 WG (upper) and/or 6 14 WG (lower) stranded or solid Power Terminals Load u Only (stranded or solid) WG stranded or solid 1 14 WG stranded or solid ontrol Terminals u Only 1 16 WG stranded, 1 14 WG solid Wire (75 ) Sizes WG or kcmil NM Sizes 3 8 Open and nclosed NM Size Wire Size Power Terminals Line and Load 3 1/0 14 WG u/l 4 Open 3/0 8 WG u; nclosed 50 kcmil 6 WG u/l kcmil WG; or () 50 kcmil 3/0 WG u/l 6 () 750 kcmil 3/0 WG u/l 7 (3) 750 kcmil 3/0 WG u/l 8 (4) 750 kcmil 1/0 WG u/l ontrol Terminals u Only 1 16 WG stranded, 1 14 WG solid Plugging and Jogging Service Horsepower Ratings 3 Notes Renewal Parts Publication Numbers See Page V5-T-30 NM Size 00V 30V 460V 575V 00 1/ 1/ 1/ 0 1-1/ 1-1/ / Minimum per N. Maximum wire size: Sizes 00 and 0 to 8 WG and Sizes 1 to WG. Two compartment box lug. 3 Maximum horsepower where operation is interrupted more than 5 times per minute, or more than 10 times in a 10 minute period. NM Standard IS-1993 table Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-13

15 .1 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series Wiring Diagrams Three-Phase and Single-Phase pplications L1 L L3 Separate ontrol Remove Wire c when it is supplied. c onnect separate control lines to the No. 1 Terminal on T1 T T3 the remote pilot T1 T T3 device and Terminal 96 on the overload relay. Motor 1 1 Separate ontrol Remove Wire c when it is supplied. onnect separate control lines to the No. 1 Terminal on T1 T T3 the remote pilot T1 T T3 device and Terminal 96 on the overload relay. Motor 1 L1 L L3 1 c Remote Pilot Devices Two-Wire ontrol 1 3 Not for Use with uto Reset OL Relays Three-Wire ontrol When more than one pushbutton station is used, omit onnector and connect per sketch. NM Size 00 Start 3 Stop 1 Start Stop Remote Pilot Devices Two-Wire ontrol 1 3 Not for Use with uto Reset OL Relays Three-Wire ontrol When more than one pushbutton station is used, omit onnector and connect per sketch. NM Sizes 0, 1 and Start 3 Stop 1 Start Stop Start Stop Start Stop L1 T1 L T Field onversion to Single-Phase, dd Dotted onnections L1 T1 T1 T Motor T Field onversion to Single-Phase, dd Dotted onnections T1 L T Motor V5-T-14 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

16 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series.1 NM Size 1 N15DN0 ontents Starters Single-Phase Non-Reversing, Full Voltage, i-metallic Overload Product Description Single-phase, full voltage magnetic starters connect the motor directly across the line, allowing it to draw full inrush current during start-up. These starters are most commonly used for control of self-starting single-phase motors up to 15 hp at 30V. They consist of a two-pole electromagnetic contactor to make and break the motor power circuit and an overload relay to provide running overload protection. Starters listed in the table include: Two-pole Freedom Series contactor with long life twin break, silver cadmium oxide contacts. Generously sized for low resistance and cool operation. Designed to 3 million electrical operations at maximum hp and 30 million mechanical operations to Size 0, 10 million operations to Size and 6 million operations to Size 3 Three-pole Freedom Series overload with poles two and three wired in series for motor overload protection. This overload is ambient compensated, selectable manual or automatic reset, interchangeable lass 10 or 0 heater packs, 1.0 or 1.15 service factor selectability, overload trip indication and electrically isolated NO-N contacts (pull RST button to test) Holding circuit NO auxiliary contact supplied as standard. On Size 00, the contact occupies the 4th power pole position. Sizes 0 3 have the NO auxiliary mounted on the right side of the contactor Steel mounting plate as standard on all open type starters. Wired for separate or common control Description ontactors Non-Reversing and Reversing Starters Three-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage Starters Single-Phase Non-Reversing, Full Voltage, i-metallic Overload Product Selection Wiring Diagrams Dimensions ccessories Renewal Parts Technical Data and Specifications Relays Thermal Overload /XT lectronic Overload Relay Page V5-T-4 V5-T-10 V5-T-16 V5-T-16 V5-T-17 V5-T-1 V5-T-30 V5-T-35 V5-T-39 V5-T-48 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-15

17 .1 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series Product Selection When Ordering Specify atalog number Heater pack number (see selection table, Pages V5-T-41 to V5-T-43) or full load current N16DM0 Wiring Diagrams Type N16 NM Manual or utomatic Reset Overload Relay NM Maximum Horsepower Magnet oil Voltage Open Type Two-Pole Size Motor Voltage Single-Phase (60 Hz) atalog Number / N16N N16N N16N N16N N16DN N16DN0 1P N16PN N16PN N16GN / 40 N16GN / 10 1 N16KN N16KN0 Starter catalog numbers do not include heater packs. Select one carton of three heater packs. Heater pack selection, Pages V5-T-41 to V5-T-43. Note 1 For separate 10V control circuit. For maximum hp at listed motor voltages, use the rating of other starters of same size. Single-Phase pplications (Factory Wired) 1 M OL 1 L1 Lines 1 /T1 4/T 6/T3 T1 T 4 3 L Front View of Panel /13 3/ Reset 95 Separate ontrol Remove Wire if supplied and connect separate control lines to the Number 1 Terminal on the remote pilot device and to the Number 96 Terminal on the overload relay. When more than one pushbutton station is used, omit onnector and connect per sketch at right. T1 Single-Phase Motor 3/14 STRT 1 3/14 /13 Not for Use with STOP uto Reset OL Relays 1 Two-Wire ontrol Three-Wire ontrol T STRT STOP STRT STOP 3/14 /13 1 V5-T-16 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

18 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series.1 Dimensions pproximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Non-Reversing Starters, i-metallic Overload Open Type Dimensions and Shipping Weights NM Size Note G ux. Wide G U X Top Mtd. ux. L G U X ux. ont. D Mtg. Holes for (3) 1/4-0 Screws Size 3 Top Mtd. ux. High F Side Mtd. ux. uxiliary ontacts Mtg. Holes for #10-3 Screws D Mtg. Holes for (4) 3/8-16 Screws Size 6 Deep Mounting D 1 Holding circuit contact for Size 00 occupies 4th power pole position no increase in width. D Mounting F G Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) (45.7) 6.60 (167.6) 3.5 (89.4) 6.07 (154.) 4.90 (14.5) 0.54 (13.7). (1.0) 1 1P.56 (65.0) 7.08 (179.8) 4.44 (11.8).00 (50.8) 6.63 (168.4) 5.80 (147.3) 0.54 (13.7) 4.5 (.0).56 (65.0) 8.08 (05.) 4.44 (11.8).00 (50.8) 7.63 (193.8) 5.80 (147.3) 0.54 (13.7) 4.7 (.1) (103.6) (88.3) 5.94 (150.9) 3.00 (76.) (74.6) 11.0 (5.0) (179.1) 1.06 (306.3) 7.5 (184.) 6.00 (15.4) 8.50 (15.9) 3.0 (10.4) (177.8) (451.4) 7.76 (197.1) 6.00 (15.4) (406.4) 36.0 (16.3) (40.5) 1.69 (550.9) 9.90 (51.5) 3.10 (78.7) (457.) 75.0 (34.1) (384.3) 9.13 (739.9) 1.64 (31.1) 13.5 (336.6) 1.5 (539.8) 10.0 (54.5) (384.3) (876.3) (381.0) 13.5 (336.6) (45.5) 10.0 (95.3) G U X 0.13 (3.3) Top Mtd. ux. L D Mtg. Holes for 1/4-0 Screws Size 4 D G U X Top Mtd. ux. uxiliary ontacts Mtg. Holes for #10-3 Screws Sizes 1 D Side Mtd. ux. Mtg. Holes for 1/-13 Screws Sizes 7 8 F Mtg. Holes for 1/4-0 Screws Size 5 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-17

19 .1 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series pproximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Reversing Starters, i-metallic Overload Open Type U X.13 (3.3) D1 G Dimensions and Shipping Weights NM Size Notes Top Mtd. ux. Wide D L D Top Mtd. ux. High G U X Mtg. Holes for (6) 3/8-16 Screws Size 6 Top Mtd. ux. uxiliary ontacts b Deep F Side Mtd. ux. Mtg. Holes for (3) #10-3 Screws Sizes 00 1 Mounting D 1 Includes cross wiring overhang. See catalog listings for type and location of auxiliary contacts supplied with a particular starter. D Mtg. Holes for (3) 1/4-0 Screws Size 3 Mounting D1 1 F G Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) (106.7) 7.38 (187.5) 3.5 (89.4) 3.50 (88.9) 6.87 (174.5) 4.90 (14.5) 0.54 ( (1.6) (145.0) 7.08 (179.8) 4.44 (11.8) 5.5 (133.4) 5.75 (146.1) 5.80 (147.3) 0.54 (13.7) 8.3 (3.8) 5.71 (145.0) 8.08 (05.) 4.44 (11.8) 5.5 ( (171.5) 5.80 (147.3) 0.54 (13.7) 8.5 (3.9) (1.0) (88.3) 5.94 (150.9) 7.00 (177.8) (74.6) 0.0 (9.1) (37.9) 1.06 (306.3) 7.5 (184.) (34.9) 8.50 (15.9) 49.0 (.) (368.3) (451.4) 7.76 (197.1) (34.9) (406.4) 68.0 (30.9) (50.).63 (574.8) 9.90 (51.5) (457.) 1.00 (304.8) 3.10 (78.7) (457.) 90.0 (40.9) (71.7) 3.13 (816.1) (3.6) 1.75 (33.9) 1.5 (539.8) (79.5) (771.7) (1054.1) (373.4) (358.9) (45.5) (195.) L D Mtg. Holes for (4) 1/4-0 Screws Sizes 4 5 D D Mtg. Holes for (6) 1/-13 Screws Open Type Sizes 7 8 Horizontal V5-T-18 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

20 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series.1 pproximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Reversing Starters Vertical onstruction, i-metallic Overload N56V Open Vertical Starter F Dimensions and Shipping Weights NM Size Note D D Wide High 1 Wire overhang 1.00 mm left, 50 mm right. Mtg. Holes for (3) #10-3 Screws NM Size 0 F Mtg. Holes for (3) 1/4-0 Screws NM Size 3 Deep Mounting Wide D Mtg. Holes for (3) #10-3 Screws NM Sizes 1 Mounting HIgh Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) Wire Zone (108.0) 1.05 (306.1) 3.84 (97.5).00 (50.8) (9.1) 4.0 (1.8) (108.0) 1.05 (306.1) 3.86 (98.0).00 (50.8) (9.1) 1.00 (5.4) 9.0 (4.1) 4.5 (108.0) 1.05 (306.1) 3.86 (98.0).00 (50.8) (9.1) 1.00 (5.4) 9.5 (4.3) (35.0) (45.5) 5.18 (131.6) 7.15 (181.6) (408.) (9.5) (30.6) (503.9) 5.18 (131.6) 8.00 (03.) (470.) 1.50 (38.1) 50.0 (.7) F F D D F F Mtg. Holes for (4) 1/4-0 Screws NM Size 4 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-19

21 .1 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series pproximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Multispeed Starters, i-metallic Overload N700 Open Vertical Starter F a c F Dimensions and Shipping Weights NM Size Notes D Wide 1 Mounting holes for (3) #10 screws. Mounting holes for (3) 1/4-0 screws. 3 Mounting holes for (4) 1/4-0 screws. Size 0 Multispeed Starter -Speed, -Winding F a d F D Size 4 Multispeed Starter -Speed, -Winding D Size 0 Multispeed Starter -Speed, 1-Winding D Size 3 Multispeed Starter -Speed, 1-Winding F a F a High D Size 1 Multispeed Starter -Speed, -Winding D c F Deep 4 Mounting holes for (4) 5/16 screws. 5 Mounting holes for (4) 3/8 screws. D Mounting Wide D Mounting High Wire Zone F Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) Two-Speed Selective ontrol Separate Winding (13) 7.38 (188) 3.5 (89) 3.50 (89) 6.87 (175) 0.89 (3) 4.5 (.0) (144) 7.08 (180) 4.4 (11) 5.5 (133) 5.75 (146) 1.3 (31) 9.0 (4.1) 5.66 (144) 8.08 (05) 4.4 (11) 5.5 (133) 6.75 (165) 1.63 (41) 10.0 (4.5) (1) (88) 5.89 (150) 7.00 (178) (75) 1.77 (45) 4.0 (10.9) (373) 1.06 (306) 7.5 (184) (343) 8.50 (16) 1.95 (50) 53.0 (4.1) (368) 17.8 (453) 7.76 (197) (343) (406) 4.56 (116) 73.0 (33.1) Two-Speed Selective ontrol Reconnectable Winding (19) 7.06 (179) 3.8 (81) 6.6 (168) 6.50 (165) 0.50 (13) 6.0 (.7) (8) 7.1 (181) 4.7 (10) 6.6 (168) 6.50 (165) 1.04 (6) 10.0 (4.5) 8.90 (6) 8.6 (19) 4.75 (11) 8.40 (13) 8.1 (06) 1.03 (6) 11.0 (5.0) (406) (34) 6.38 (16) (381) 1.5 (311) 1.4 (31) 31.0 (14.1) (393) (787) 7.74 (197) (343) (76) 1.84 (47) 7.0 (3.7) F b Size 5 Multispeed Starter -Speed, -Winding Size 1 Multispeed Starter -Speed, 1-Winding F D a F D Size 3 Multispeed Starter -Speed, -Winding D Size Multispeed Starter -Speed, 1-Winding Size 4 Multispeed Starter -Speed, 1-Winding V5-T-0 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

22 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series.1 ccessories Three-Pole Top Mounted Fuse lock Kit I Sizes K, NM Sizes 00 Field mount to Freedom Series starters and contactors. Designed to save space and Mounted Fuse lock Kit Fuse lock Kits Fuse Type lass H 30 50V lass R 30 50V lass G V lass G 0 300V lass G V lass G V lass T V lass T V lass J V lass J V Type M V 1 lass V lass T V lass T V Three-Pole Top Mounted Fuse lock Kit D Mounting Plate reduce installation costs. They provide short circuit protection for branch circuits. atalog Number 350KH1 350KR1 350KG37 350KG38 350KG31 350KG3 350KT31 350KT3 350KJ61 350KJ6 350KM61 350K63 350KT61 350KT6 Fuse lock pproximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) lass mperes Volts Wide High Deep D G 15, 0, (61.0) 3.00 (76.).04 (51.8) (66.5) 4.5 (108.0).08 (5.8) H (76.) 3.10 (78.7).3 (56.6) 3.6 (91.9) J 30, (1.) 4.1 (104.6).8 (71.6) M, (61.0) 3.00 (76.).04 (51.8) R (76.) 3.10 (78.7).3 (56.6) 3.6 (91.9) T 30, (87.4) 3.00 (76.).33 (59.) (95.3) 3.31 (84.1).6 (57.4) (13.7) 3.00 (76.).58 (65.5) Mechanical Interlock and Reversing Kits Mechanical interlocks and interlock, stabilizer bar and reversing kits are designed a pre-cut, trimmed and for field assembly of formed wire set. uxiliary reversing contactors or contacts, if required, must starters from Freedom Series be ordered separately. See components. The reversing Pages V5-T-5 and kits include a mechanical V5-T-6. 31KM60 Part No Wire Set Mechanical Interlock Only 3 pplication NM Size I Size ontactor Mounting atalog Number 00 K Horizontal 31KM60 3 L N Horizontal 31KM30 3 to 4 N to P Horizontal 31KM43 4 P S Horizontal 31KM40 4 to 5 Horizontal 31KM45 4 to 6 S to T/U Horizontal 31KM80 5 Horizontal 31KM50 5 to 6 Horizontal 31KM56 6 T and U Horizontal 31KM70 6 to 7 T/U to V X Horizontal 31KM90 7 V, W and X Horizontal 31KM34 4 or 5 to 5 P S to 5 Vertical 31KM55 5 to 6 Vertical 31KM65 6 T and U Vertical 31KM66 6 to 7 T/U to V X Vertical 31KM67 Reversing Kits (Horizontal ontactor Mounting Only) pplication NM Size Notes 1 Type M fuse block not approved for branch circuit protection. Without cross-wiring. 3 For use with latest series product. 4 Kit includes () N auxiliary contacts. atalog Number I Size 00 31KM60K14 0 D F 31KM60K KM60K15 G K 31KM60K KM60K17 4 L and M 31KM60K1 4 N 31KM60K KM60K KM60K0 4 P S 31KM60K44 4 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-1

23 .1 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series Solid-State Timers Solid-State ON DLY Timer Side Mounted on Freedom Series NM 00, I K and 5D, 5 and 5F Frame This timer is designed to be ON DLY timing function wired in series with the starts. t the completion of load (typically a coil). When the set timing period, timer the STRT button is pushed and series wired load will (power applied to timer), the both be energized. Solid-State Timer Shorting ar Kits These kits provide phase-tophase power connections of contactors for field assembly. The kits include bus Mounted Timer Product Selection Timing Range Shorting ar Kits atalog Number seconds 30TDN30_ seconds 30TDN300_ Description NM Size 3, I Sizes L N NM Size 4, I Sizes S NM Size 6, I Sizes T and U connections and mounting hardware. The shorting bars connect all three phases of a single contactor. atalog Number 31S18 31S19 31S Pneumatic Timers Top Mounted ttachment mounts on top of unit has 1NO-1N isolated any NM Size 00 or I timed contacts circuits in Size K Freedom Series each pole must be the same starter or contactor (top polarity. Units are convertible mounted auxiliary contacts from OFF to ON DLY or cannot be installed on device vice-versa. when timer is used). Timer Pneumatic Timers Maximum mpere Ratings Pneumatic Timers Locking over for Overload Relay 306 Only Snap-on transparent or dial helps prevent accidental opaque plastic panel for or unauthorized changes to covering access port to the trip and reset setting. overload relay trip setting Notes atalog Timing Range Number 0.1 to 30 seconds 30TP1 10 to 180 seconds 30TP Vac Description Make reak Locking over for Overlay Relay Locking over for Overlay Relay Description lear cover, no accessibility Gray cover, no accessibility, with uto only nib Gray cover, no accessibility, with Manual only nib Min. Ordering Quantity (Std. Pkg.) 1 dd operating voltage suffix to catalog number. = 10V, = 40V, = 08V Rated 0.5 ampere pilot duty not to be used on larger contactors. 3 Terminal connections are quick connects only. Two per side. 4 40V operating voltage not available for 30TDN3000_. atalog Number 50 30P P P5 Gray cover with FL dial 50 30P6 accessibility,,,, D positions and uto only nib Gray cover with FL dial accessibility,,,, D positions and Manual only nib 50 30P7 V5-T- Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

24 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series.1 Identification Markers I Sizes K, NM Sizes 00 Designed to snap on the face of contactor for easy, personalized identification of ontrol ircuit Fuse lock These panel mounted fuse holders, designed for control circuit protection or other similar low current requirements, have extractor type fuse caps. The lass rejection type fuses (KTK-R) used in these holders are intended for use with ontrol ircuit Fuse lock Identification Markers Description Identification marker ontrol ircuit Fuse lock Dimensions pproximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Fuse 1.88 (47.8) 1.5 (31.8) 0.97 (4.6) individual devices. Includes holder and labels. atalog Number 30DL equipment designated as being suitable for use on systems having high available fault currents. If branch circuit protective device is 45 or greater, 30FR fuse kit may be required for control circuit protection per N Type Max. mperes atalog Number Fuse holder only 15 30F (.4) (30.).06 (5.3) 30 30FR DIN Rail Mounting hannel 35 mm Designed for DIN rail mounting of I style contactors and starters. DIN Rail DIN Rail Finger Protection Shields Snap-on shields for both contactors and starters provide I Type IP0 finger dapter to DIN Rail Mount NM 1 and I G K ontactors Designed to allow DIN rail mounting of NM 1 and I G K contactors. Includes all hardware required to Description atalog Number 1 meter length M38M1 Finger Protection Shields pplication NM Size 00, I Sizes NM Size 0, I Sizes D F NM Sizes 1, I Sizes G K ontactors Reversing contactors NM Size 1 Starters Reversing starters NM Size, I Sizes G K Starters Reversing starters protection. Prevents accidental contact with line/load terminals. convert contactors from panel mounting to 35 mm DIN rail mounting. dapter to DIN Rail Mount atalog Number 30DN65 Notes 1 fuse is not supplied, but holder will accept a ussman Type KTK or KTK-R (13/3 in x 1-1/ in) fuse, 600V maximum. Includes a 5, 600V KTK-R fuse. atalog Number 30LS1 30LS 30LS3 30LS4 30LS5 30LS6 30LS7 30LS8 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-3

25 .1 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series Transient Suppressor Kits NM Sizes 00, I Sizes K These kits limit high voltage transients produced in the control circuit when power is removed from the contactor or starter coil. There are three separate suppressors for use on 4 10V, 08 40V or V coils respectively. 30TS NM Sizes 3 5, I Sizes L S This device mounts on top of any side mounted auxiliary contact on Freedom Series NM Sizes 3 5, I Sizes L S and lighting contactors It connects across coil terminals on any 10V contactor or starter magnet 30S1 dd-on Power Pole Kit NM Sizes 00 0, I Sizes F This device mounts on the side of Freedom NM Size 00 0 and I Sizes F contactors. One unit can be mounted on each side and Notes These devices mount directly to the coil terminals of Freedom Series contactors or starters NM Sizes 00, I Sizes K and lighting contactors Reversing devices will require two. NM Sizes 00, I Sizes K Description oil Voltage 1 atalog Number Transient suppressor 4/10V 30TS1 08/40V 30TS 77/480V 30TS3 coil (reversing starters or contactors require ). Limits high voltage transients produced in the circuit when power is removed from the coil. NM Sizes 3 5, I Sizes L S oil atalog Description Voltage Number Transient suppressor 10V 30S1 carries UL, cul and I ratings. The device is rated for resistive, inductive and lighting applications. NM Sizes 00 0, I Sizes F UL mpere Rating Inductive 600V Resistive 600V Horsepower Single-Phase 1 Suppressor is compatible with coil voltages/ranges as shown, both 50 and 60 Hz. Power pole kits sold for replacement purposes only. For new applications, order the correct four-pole and five-pole contactor catalog numbers. Locked Rotor 40V dhesive Dust over NM Sizes 00, I Sizes K These adhesive stickers come 5 to a package and provide extra protection from contaminants when applied to the sides of Freedom NM Sizes 00 and I Lighting allast Tungsten 480V I 947 mpere Rating V V Sizes K. dhesive covers are easily applied to side opening where auxiliaries are not installed and provide extra protection from metal filings and other debris. NM Sizes 00, I Sizes K Description atalog Number 5 to a package 30DSTVR -5a -5b 480V 1NO Power Pole atalog Number 115V 30V / PPD10 V5-T-4 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

26 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series.1 uxiliary ontacts ontact onfiguration ode This two-digit code is found on the auxiliary contact to assist in identifying the specific contact configuration. The first digit indicates the quantity of NO contacts and the second indicates the quantity of N contacts. Side Mounted Top Mounted NM Sizes 00 I Sizes K The auxiliary contacts listed on this page are designed for installation on Freedom Series starters and contactors. Snap-on design facilitates quick, easy installation. NM Sizes 00 I Sizes K 1 Notes These bifurcated design contact blocks, featuring silver cadmium alloy contacts, are well suited for use in very low energy (logic level) circuits. Description ontact onfiguration ode atalog Number Side Mounted 1NO 10 30KGS1 1N 01 30KGS 1NO-1N 11 30KGS3 NO 0 30KGS4 N 0 30KGS5 1NO-1NI N/ 30KGS6 1NO ()-1N (LO) N/ 30KGS7 1NI N/ 30KGS8 Top Mounted 1NO 10 30KGT1 1N 01 30KGT 1NO-1N 11 30KGT3 NO 0 30KGT4 N 0 30KGT5 1NO-1NI N/ 30KGT6 1NO ()-1N (LO) N/ 30KGT7 1NI N/ 30KGT8 3NO 30 30KGT9 NO-1N 1 30KGT10 1NO-N 1 30KGT11 3N 03 30KGT1 4NO 40 30KGT13 3NO-1N 31 30KGT14 NO-N 30KGT15 1NO-3N 13 30KGT16 4N 04 30KGT17 3NO-1NI N/ 30KGT18 NO-1NI-1N N/ 30KGT19 NO-1NO ()-1N (LO) N/ 30KGT0 1NO-1N-1NO ()-1N (LO) N/ 30KGT1 1 NI = Normally losed early opening designed for use in reversing applications. = arly losing. LO = Late Opening. For reference only not part of catalog number. Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-5

27 .1 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series NM Sizes 3 8 I Sizes L Z 30KGS4 30KGS ase uxiliary ontacts NM Sizes 3 5, I Sizes L S NM Size 3 I Sizes L N atalog Number NM Sizes 4 5 I Sizes P S atalog Number ontact onfiguration ircuit ode 1 NO 10 30KGS31 30KGS41 NO-N 11 30KGS3 30KGS4 uxiliary ontacts NM Sizes 3 5, I Sizes L S ircuit ontact onfiguration ode 1 atalog Number NO 10 30KGS0 N 01 30KGS1 NO-N 11 30KGS Sealed Logic Level NO 10 30KGS0L N 01 30KGS1L NO-N KGSL uxiliary ontacts NM Sizes 6 8, I Sizes T Z ontact ircuit onfiguration ode 1 Size atalog Number NO-N 11 NM 8, I Z 30K5 NO-N NM K6 NO-N I T X 30K8 uxiliary ontact Ratings (mperes) Ratings NM 600 urrent 10V 40V 480V 600V Make reak ontinuous Ratings NM P300 Ratings Logic Level Ratings 30KGS0L, 30KGS1L, 30KGSL Notes 1 For reference only not part of catalog number. NO-N occupies two position L and L3, or R and R3. See figure on Page V5-T-7. 3 Form contacts. Volts ontinuous Thermal Rating: 5 D Volts Make/reak mperes Minimum Ratings for Logic Level and Hostile tmosphere pplication Minimum mperes 0 m Minimum Volts 4 Vac/Vdc D-1-1 U e I e U e I e V5-T-6 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

28 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series.1 uxiliary ontact Location NM Sizes 00, I Sizes K The sketches below illustrate the maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be uxiliary ontacts uxiliary ontact Location assembled to a contactor or starter and their locations. vailable Mounting Positions 1 atalog Size Poles Open Type nclosed Number K 3 T1, L1 L T1, L1, R1 L1 N T1, L1 L1 K 3 L1, R1 L1, R T1, T N56 4 T1, L1, R1 L1, R1 15 D K 3 T1, L1 L1 G J 4 T1, R1 G J 5 T T1, L1, R1 L1 N T1, L1 L1 1, 4 T1, L1 1, 5 T1, L T1, L1, R1 L1 N T1, L1 L T1, L T1, L1 K 3 L1, R1 L1, R T1, T N55 L1 T1 Top View L1 T1 R1 Front View R1 Non-Reversing ontactors and Starters L1 T1 Top View T R1 L1 T1 T R1 Front View Reversing ontactors and Starters NM Sizes 3 8, I Sizes L Z The sketches below illustrate the maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be assembled to a contactor and their locations. Mounting Positions uxiliary ontact Location Notes Note: base auxiliary contact must be added in position R1 before additional auxiliary contacts can be mounted on NM Size 3 and I Sizes L N, or in L1 on NM Sizes 4 5 and I Sizes P S. Size vailable Mounting Positions 1 NM Size 3, I Sizes L N NM Sizes 4 5, I Sizes P S NM Sizes 6 7, I Sizes T X NM Size 8, I Size Z Rear L1 ase ux. ont. L ux. ont. Left Side of ontactor L3 ux. ont. NM Sizes 3 5 I Sizes L S L1 R, R3, L1, L, L3 L, L3, R1, R, R3 R1 L, R NM Sizes 6 7 I Sizes T, U, V, W and X L1 L Front of ontactor NM Size 8 I Size Z 1 vailable positions on contactors or starters other than what is factory installed. When a pneumatic timer is mounted on contactor, only side mounted auxiliary contact positions are available. The solid-state timer, when added, takes up side mounted auxiliary contact position. R1 R3 ux. ont. R1 R R ux. ont. R1 ase ux. ont. Right Side of ontactor Rear Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-7

29 .1 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series D Magnet oils When Ordering Specify onversion Kit for Field ssembly atalog number Factory Installed D oil For factory installed D magnet coil on contactors or noncombination starters (open type only), substitute the code suffix from the table on this page for the magnet coil identifier in the device catalog number. XMPL: For Size 0 contactor with a 4 Vdc coil, change N16N0 to N16N0T1 pplication onnect for separate control Not for use with cover control switch operators Use twin break, heavyduty pilot devices Designed for +10%, 0% rated voltage, continuous duty operation Non-Reversing Kit onsists of: One encapsulated D magnet coil One NI or NO/NI side mounted auxiliary contact Note: These kits are supplied with a NO/NI side mounted auxiliary contact in place of the NI contact. Two blue colored connection wires One instruction publication Operation See next page for operation details. D Magnet oils ontactor or Starter Size Notes onversion Data Magnet oil oil mps Watts NI NM I Volts Number P.U./Seal P.U./Seal Interlock Non-Reversing Kit Includes NI Side Mounted uxiliary ontact 00 and 0 N35,, D D15 Relays 1 00 and 0 N35,, D D15 Relays 1 and N35 G 3 N35 K 4 and 5 N35 N, S Reversing 00 and 0 N35,, D D15 relays 1 and N35 G omplete onversion Kit atalog Number Ship Wt. Lbs (kg) F / / KGD1 335KD3R1 1.0 (0.5) R / / KGD1 335KD3T1 T / / KGD1 335KD3W1 W / / KGD1 335KD31 1 F / / KGD 1 335KD3R4 1.0 (0.5) R / / KGD 1 335KD3T4 T / / KGD 1 335KD3W4 W / / KGD 1 335KD34 4 G K / / KGD5 335KD4R4 1.0 (0.5) R / / KGD5 335KD4T4 T / / KGD5 335KD4W4 W / / KGD5 335KD44 4 L N / / KGD3 335KD5R1.0 (0.9) R /0.0 88/ KGD3 335KD5T1 T / / KGD3 335KD5W1 W / / KGD3 335KD51 1 P S /0. 400/5.3 30KGD3 335K3T1.5 (1.1) T / /5. 30KGD3 335K3W1 W / /5.4 30KGD3 335K / /4.9 30KGD3 335K31 1 F 1 () / /3.36 () 30KGD1 335RD3R1 1.0 (0.5) R1 3 Factory Installed ode Suffix 4 () / /3.36 () 30KGD1 335RD3T1 T () / /3.36 () 30KGD1 335RD3W1 W () / /3.36 () 30KGD1 335RD G K 1 () / /4.98 () 30KGD3 4 R1 3 4 () / /4.96 () 30KGD3 4 T () / /5.04 () 30KGD3 4 W () / /4.87 () 30KGD These kits are supplied with a NO/NI side mounted auxiliary contact in place of the NI contact. Kit does not include mechanical interlock or crossover wiring. Two NO/NI top mounted auxiliary contacts are supplied for electrical interlocking. 3 Factory installed D coils on NM contactors and starters include a NO/N top mounted auxiliary contact on each contactor for electrical interlocking. On I contactors and starters, a N top mounted auxiliary contact is supplied on each contactor for electrical interlocking. 4 vailable factory assembled only. V5-T-8 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

30 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series.1 Operation These D coil kits have separate pick-up and seal windings. special (side mounted) early-break NI auxiliary contact is used to either disconnect the pick-up winding or insert the seal winding in series with the pick-up winding, depending on the frame size of the contactor. D coil kits come in two styles, a suffix 1 and a suffix 4. Suffix 1 contains only the special (side mounted) early break NI auxiliary contact. Suffix 4 contains a NO contact in the same package as the special (side mounted) early-break NI auxiliary contact. Note: For NM Sizes 00 and 0 and I Sizes F, contactors lementary Diagrams 1 1 Hold NI NO Important Incoming D must be connected between 1 and Top Terminal. a 3 3 NO a Top Pick-Up D oil lementary Diagram for NM Sizes 1 3 and I Sizes G N ontactors and Starters Hold Pick-Up 3 ottom NI D oil lementary Diagram for NM Sizes 00, 0, 4 and 5 and I Sizes F and P S ontactors and Starters may utilize either suffix 1 or 4 D coil kits; starters may utilize suffix 4 D coil kits only. For NM Sizes 1 and and I Sizes G K, both contactors and starters may utilize a suffix 4 D coil kit only. On the above sizes only, when the special auxiliary package is mounted on the side of a contactor or starter, no standard auxiliary contact may be mounted on the same side. Note: For NM Sizes 3 5 and I Sizes L S, special coil NI clearing contact is an add-on auxiliary (must mount on a base mount auxiliary contact; normally a 1NO). This arrangement will normally account for two of the three contact positions on the side of each contactor or starter. uxiliary ontact ompetitive Mounting Plates The 31 adapter plates permit direct replacement of competitive starters with Freedom Series starters without drilling and tapping new mounting holes. llen- radley 509, aton s 10 31MP1 Note (adapter plate not required for replacing 10 Starter Sizes 1, 4 and 5), Furnas 14, SP100, General lectric R06, R306, Siemens SXL, Square D 8536, Westinghouse 00, 00. ompetitive Mounting Plates Freedom Index Number NM Size atalog Number 00, 0 31MP0 1 31MP1 31MP 3 31MP3 4 31MP4 5 31MP5 1 1NO available in Suffix 4 kits only. Handling number only does not appear on product. The handling number is stamped on the carton label only. Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-9

31 .1 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series Special Modifications For atalog Numbers N19, N16, N59, N59, N56, 15, N15, N35, N55 ddition or Special Feature ontrol ircuit xtra auxiliary circuit, factory installed NO or N each contact 1 Transient suppressor 1 Power ircuit ontactor/starter for ring lug capability add Mod ode T16 to catalog number 3 (Power terminals only, control terminals as standard) Standalone overload relays can not accept ring lugs on line side Renewal Parts For a complete listing of parts, refer to the Renewal Parts Publication Number referenced below. For atalog Numbers N19, N16, N30, N40, N59, N56, N70, N80, N800, N15, N35 4 and N55 ontactors and Starters (Size 00, 0) Notes Starter Size NM / onsult sales office for pricing adders. onsult sales office for pricing adders. onsult sales office for pricing adders. Factory Installed Dust overs Factory installed 30DSTVR add Mod ode -53 to catalog number 1 N N N N N N NM Size 00 NM Size 0 Series 1 Series 1 Series 1 Series 1 Description Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Renewal Parts Publication Number ontact Kits Two-pole Three-pole Four-pole Five-pole Magnet oils oil Suffix 10V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz V 60 Hz or 0V 50 Hz V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz D V 60 Hz V 60 Hz H /40V 60 Hz J V 50 Hz K V 50 Hz L V 50 Hz L 415V 50 Hz M 550V 50 Hz N 4V 60 Hz 4V 50 Hz T V 60 Hz T 4V 50 Hz U V 50 Hz V V 60 Hz W V 50 Hz Y Magnet Frame rmature Lower magnet frame Upper magnet frame These modifications are generally available in kit form at lower cost. See specific product sections for kit listings. Terminal extensions provided on Size and up; not required for Size 1. 3 The T16 modifications are only available on 306 overloads and the following three-pole devices: N15, N55, N16, N56 and N700 (separate winding only). The 45 mm and 65 mm frames (NM Size 0 ) reversing devices (N55, N55D, N55G, N56, N56D, N56G, N700 and N700G) with the T16 modification are supplied without crossover wires. 4 N35 = Size 00, N35 and N35D = Size 0, N35G = Size, N35K = Size 3, N35N = Size 4, and N35S = Size 5. 5 Replace with complete contactor. V5-T-30 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

32 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series.1 For atalog Numbers N19, N16, N30, N40, N59, N56, N70, N80, N800, N15, N35 1 and N55 ontactors and Starters (Size 1, ) NM Size 1 NM Size Series 1 Series 1 Series 1 Series 1 Description Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Renewal Parts Publication Number ontact Kits Two-pole Three-pole Four-pole Five-pole Magnet oils oil Suffix 10V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz KIT 40V 60 Hz or 0V 50 Hz KIT KIT KIT KIT KIT 480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz KIT KIT KIT KIT KIT 600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz D KIT KIT KIT KIT KIT 08V 60 Hz KIT KIT KIT KIT KIT 77V 60 Hz H KIT KIT KIT KIT KIT 08/40V 60 Hz J 40V 50 Hz K KIT KIT KIT KIT KIT V 50 Hz L KIT KIT KIT KIT 380V 50 Hz L KIT 415V 50 Hz M KIT 550V 50 Hz N KIT 4V 60 Hz 4V 50 Hz T 4V 60 Hz T KIT KIT KIT KIT KIT 4V 50 Hz U KIT KIT KIT KIT KIT 3V 50 Hz V KIT KIT KIT KIT KIT 48V 60 Hz W KIT KIT KIT KIT KIT 48V 50 Hz Y KIT KIT KIT KIT KIT Magnet Frame rmature Lower magnet frame KIT KIT Upper magnet frame KIT KIT Note 1 N35 = Size 00, N35 and N35D = Size 0, N35G = Size, N35K = Size 3, N35N = Size 4, and N35S = Size 5. NM Size 3 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-31

33 .1 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series For a complete listing of parts, refer to the Renewal Parts Publication Number referenced below. For atalog Numbers N19, N16, N30, N40, N59, N56, N70, N80, N800, N15, N35 1 and N55 ontactors and Starters (Size 4, 5, 6) NM Size 4 NM Size 5 NM Size 6 Series 1 Series 1 Series 1 Series 1 ontactor and Starter Series 1, Starter Series 1 ontactor and Starter Series 1, Starter Series 1 Description Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Renewal Parts Publication Number ontact Kits Two-pole Three-pole Magnet oils oil Suffix 10V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz KIT KIT KIT KIT V 60 Hz or 0V 50 Hz KIT KIT KIT KIT V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz KIT KIT KIT KIT V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz D KIT KIT KIT KIT V 60 Hz KIT KIT KIT KIT V 60 Hz H KIT KIT KIT KIT 08/40V 60 Hz J 40V 50 Hz K KIT KIT KIT KIT V 50 Hz L V 50 Hz L KIT KIT KIT KIT 415V 50 Hz M KIT KIT KIT KIT 550V 50 Hz N KIT KIT KIT KIT 4V 60 Hz 4V 50 Hz T V 60 Hz T KIT KIT KIT KIT 4V 50 Hz U KIT KIT KIT KIT 48V 60 Hz W V 50 Hz Y KIT KIT KIT KIT Overload Relays For replacement on existing starters three-pole DN3 306DN3 306DN3 306DN3 ambient compensated bimetallic For replacement on existing N19 / N59 starters 440 solid-state overload urrent Transformer Magnet Frame rmature 3 Lower Magnet Frame Upper Magnet Frame Feeder Group Renewal 5 NM Size 4 NM Size 5 NM Size 6 Volts Hertz Series 1 Series 1 Series 1 Series 1 ontactor and Starter Series 1, Starter Series 1 ontactor and Starter Series 1, Starter Series / / / / / / / / Notes 1 N35 = Size 00, N35 and N35D = Size 0, N35G = Size, N35K = Size 3, N35N = Size 4, and N35S = Size 5. Not for use with N19 and N59 starters. 3 onsult factory. 4 See 440 electronic overload relay chart for 440 overload replacement options. 5 Voltage ratings of the main coils must match those of the feeder group for proper operation of the starter/contactor. V5-T-3 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

34 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series.1 For a complete listing of parts, refer to the Renewal Parts Publication Number referenced below. For atalog Numbers N16, N30, N40, N56, N70, N80, N800, N15, N35 1 and N55 ontactors and Starters (Size 7, 8) Description Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Renewal Parts Publication Number ontact Kits Notes 1 N35 = Size 00, N35 and N35D = Size 0, N35G = Size, N35K = Size 3, N35N = Size 4, and N35S = Size 5. Not for use with N19 and N59 starters. 3 onsult factory. NM Size 7 NM Size 8 Series 1 Series 1 Series 1 Series 1 Two-pole Three-pole Magnet oils oil Suffix 10V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz V 60 Hz or 0V 50 Hz V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz D V 60 Hz V 60 Hz H 08/40V 60 Hz J 40V 50 Hz K V 50 Hz L 380V 50 Hz L V 50 Hz M 550V 50 Hz N 4V 60 Hz 4V 50 Hz T 4V 60 Hz T 4V 50 Hz U 3V 50 Hz V 48V 60 Hz W 48V 50 Hz Y Overload Relays For replacement on existing starters three-pole ambient compensated bimetallic 306DN3 306DN3 306DN3 306DN3 urrent Transformer Magnet Frame rmature 3 Lower magnet frame Upper magnet frame Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-33

35 .1 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series 440 lectronic Overload Relays 45 mm 440 for Direct Mount 1 5 OL with Ts 440 lectronic Overload Relays for Direct Mount to Freedom Series ontactors For Use with Freedom NM ontactor Size For Use with ontactor 1 Overload Range (mps) Standard Feature Set atalog Number Standard Feature Set with Ground Fault atalog Number 00 N15N3_ P6SF P6SF SF SF SF SF00 0 N15N3_ P6SF0 4401P6SF SF SF SF SF0 1 N15DN3_ P6SF1 4401P6SF SF SF SF SF SF SF1 N15GN3_ SF SF SF 44000SF SF SF 3 N15KN3_ SF SF3 4 N15NN3_ SF SF4 440 lectronic Overload Relays for use with NM ontactors Sizes 5 8 Use Ts and overload relay. T kit does not include overload relay (order separately). For Use with NM ontactor Size T Range (mps) Description : 5 panel-mount T kit with integrated, pass through holes : 5 panel-mount T kit with integrated, pass through holes : 5 panel-mount T kit with integrated, pass through holes : 5 panel-mount T kit with integrated, pass through holes T Kit atalog Number Z-XT300 Z-XT600 Z-XT1000 Z-XT1500 Notes 1 N15 contactor listed is non-reversing with a 10 Vac coil. For more options, see Tab in this volume, section.1. Z kits are not recommended for use with 440 overload relays with ground fault option. Terminal Size 750 kcmil () 50 kcmil 3/0 u/l () 750 kcmil 3/0 u/l (3) 750 kcmil 3/0 u/l (4) 750 kcmil 1/0 u/l Overload Relay atalog Number SX SX SX SX V5-T-34 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

36 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series.1 Feeder Group Renewal 1 Volts Hertz Series 1 Series 1 Series 1 Series / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / Technical Data and Specifications ll data is based on a standard contactor with no auxiliary devices and a 10 Vac or 4 Vdc magnet coil. oil data oil Data Notes P.U. D.O. old Hot NM Size 7 NM Size 8 has a ±5% range depending on the application, therefore specific data may vary. Pick-up time is the average time taken from closing of the coil circuit to main contact touch Drop-out time is the average time taken from opening of the coil circuit to main contact separation oil data with a cold coil oil data with a hot coil Note 1 Voltage ratings of the main coils must match those of the feeder group for proper operation of the starter/contactor. Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-35

37 .1 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series Specifications Sizes 00 3 ontactor atalog Number/Size N15 N15 N15D N15G N15K Description NM Size 00 NM Size 0 NM Size 1 NM Size NM Size 3 onfiguration Number of poles, 3, 4, 3, 3, 4, 5, 3, 4, 5, 3 uxiliary contacts, standard 4th pole NO (1) Side NO (1) Side NO (1) Side NO (1) Side NO (1) dd-on auxiliary contacts Top (4) or side (4) Top (4) or side (3) Top (4) or side (3) Top (4) or side (3) Left side (4) or right side (3) Frame size 45 mm 45 mm 65 mm 65 mm 90 mm Maximum voltage rating 600 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vac ontinuous ampere ratings (I) Maximum Horsepower (hp) Single-phase 115V 1/ / 30V / 15 Three-phase 00V 1-1/ 3 7-1/ V 1-1/ 3 7-1/ V V Magnet oil Data Pick-up volts cold 85% 85% 85% 85% 85% Pick-up volts hot 85% 85% 85% 85% 85% Pick-up voltamperes Pick-up watts Sealed voltamperes Sealed watts Drop-out volts cold 75% 75% 75% 75% 75% Drop-out volts hot 75% 75% 75% 75% 75% Maximum operation rate ops/hour 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 7,00 Pick-up time (ms) Drop-out time (ms) oil operating range % of rated voltage 15% to +10% 15% to +10% 15% to +10% 15% to +10% 15% to +10% D magnet coil data For D magnet coils (and coil data), see ccessories, Pages V5-T-8 and V5-T-9. For D magnet coils (and coil data), see ccessories, Pages V5-T-8 and V5-T-9. For D magnet coils (and coil data), see ccessories, Pages V5-T-8 and V5-T-9. For D magnet coils (and coil data), see ccessories, Pages V5-T-8 and V5-T-9. For D magnet coils (and coil data), see ccessories, Pages V5-T-8 and V5-T-9. Operating temperature 0 to 65 0 to 65 0 to 65 0 to 65 0 to 65 Maximum operating altitude (ft) Mechanical life 0,000,000 0,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 6,000,000 lectrical Life (480V/60 Hz) -3 4,000,000 3,000,000 5,000,000 3,500,000 1,700, ,000 85,000 00,000 6,000 80,000 Wire Range Power terminals 1 16 stranded, 1 14 solid u 8 16 stranded, solid u 8 14 stranded or solid u 14 (upper) and/or 6 14 (lower) stranded or solid u 1/0 14 u ontrol terminals 1 16 stranded, 1 14 solid u 1 16 stranded, 1 14 solid u 1 16 stranded, 1 14 solid u 1 16 stranded, 1 14 solid u 1 16 stranded, 1 14 solid u Power terminal torque (14 8 WG) 35 (14 10 WG) Line and load lb-in 45 (6 4 WG) 40 (8 WG) 50 (3 WG) 45 (6 4 WG) 50 (3 1/0 WG) uxiliary contact rating 600, P , P , P , P , P300 V5-T-36 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

38 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series.1 Specifications Sizes 4 8 Note % of rated coil voltage. ontactor atalog Number/Size N15N N15S N15T N15U N15V Description NM Size 4 NM Size 5 NM Size 6 NM Size 7 NM Size 8 onfiguration Number of poles, 3, uxiliary contacts, standard Side NO (1) Side NO (1) Top left NO/N (1) Top left NO/N (1) Side NO/N (1) dd-on auxiliary contacts Left side (3) or right side (4) Left side (3) or right side (4) Top right NO/N (1) Top right NO/N (1) NO/N () Frame size 180 mm 180 mm 80 mm 80 mm 334 mm Maximum voltage rating 600 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vac ontinuous ampere ratings (I) Maximum Horsepower (hp) Single-phase 115V 30V Three-phase 00V V V V Magnet oil Data Pick-up volts cold 85% 85% 85% 85% 85% Pick-up volts hot 85% 85% 85% 85% 85% Pick-up voltamperes Pick-up watts Sealed voltamperes Sealed watts Drop-out volts cold 75% 75% Drop-out volts hot 75% 75% Maximum operation rate ops/hour N/ N/ N/ Pick-up time (ms) Drop-out time (ms) oil operating range % of rated voltage 15% to +10% 15% to +10% 15% to +10% 15% to +10% 15% to +10% D magnet coil data For D magnet coils (and coil data), see ccessories, Pages V5-T-8 and V5-T-9. For D magnet coils (and coil data), see ccessories, Pages V5-T-8 and V5-T-9. For D magnet coils (and coil data), see ccessories, Pages V5-T-8 and V5-T-9. For D magnet coils (and coil data), see ccessories, Pages V5-T-8 and V5-T-9. For D magnet coils (and coil data), see ccessories, Pages V5-T-8 and V5-T-9. Operating temperature 0 to 65 0 to 65 0 to 65 0 to 65 0 to 65 Maximum operating altitude (ft) , Mechanical life 5,000,000 5,000,000 5,000,000 5,000,000 5,000,000 lectrical Life (480V/60 Hz) , , , ,000 40, ,000 34, Wire Range Power terminals Open 3/0 8 u; nclosed 50 kcmil 6 u/l 750 kcmil or () 50 kcmil 3/0 u/l () 750 kcmil 3/0 u/l (3) 750 kcmil 3/0 u/l (4) 750 kcmil 1/0 u/l ontrol Terminals 1 16 stranded, 1 14 solid u 1 16 stranded, 1 14 solid u 1 16 stranded, 1 14 solid u 1 16 stranded, 1 14 solid u 1 16 stranded, 1 14 solid u Power terminal torque line and load lb-in uxiliary contact rating 600, P , P , P , P , P300 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-37

39 .1 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series lectrical Life -3 and -4 Utilization ategories Life Load urves aton s Freedom Series NM contactors have been designed and manufactured for superior life performance in any worldwide application. ll testing has been based on requirements as found in NM and UL standards and conducted by aton. ctual application life may vary depending on environmental conditions and application duty cycle. -3 and -4 Utilization ategories Operations Operations 100,000,000 10,000,000 1,000, , ,000,000 10,000,000 1,000, , Utilization ategories The International lectrotechnical ommission (I) has developed utilization categories for contactors and auxiliary contacts. The I utilization categories are used to define the type of electrical load for estimating electrical life, and do not imply the devices are I rated. -1 Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, such as resistance furnaces and heating. Size 00 Size 0 Size 1 Size Size 3 reak mperes NM -3 Load Life, Sizes 00 5, 480V 60 Hz Size 4 - Starting of slip-ring motors. -3 Squirrel cage motors; starting, switching off motors during running. -4 Squirrel cage motors; starting, plugging, inching or jogging. Note: -3 tests are conducted at rated device currents and -4 tests are conducted at six times rated device currents. ll tests have been run at 460V, 60 Hz. Size Size 00 Size 0 Size 1 10, ,000 reak mperes NM -4 Load Life, Sizes 00 5, 480V 60 Hz Size Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 ontactor hoice Decide what utilization category your application is and choose the appropriate curve Locate the intersection of the life-load curve of the appropriate contactor with the applications operational current (I e ), as found on the horizontal axis Read the estimated contact life along the vertical axis in number of operational cycles V5-T-38 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

40 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series.1 3 Overload 306DN3 ontents Description ontactors Non-Reversing and Reversing Starters Three-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage Starters Single-Phase Non-Reversing, Full Voltage, i-metallic Overload ccessories Renewal Parts Technical Data and Specifications Relays Thermal Overload Product Selection ccessories Modifications Replacement Parts Technical Data and Specifications Dimensions /XT lectronic Overload Relay Page V5-T-4 V5-T-10 V5-T-15 V5-T-1 V5-T-30 V5-T-35 V5-T-40 V5-T-44 V5-T-44 V5-T-44 V5-T-45 V5-T-47 V5-T-48 Relays Thermal Overload Product Description 306 Overload Relays are designed for use with or N non-reversing and reversing contactors. Four sizes are available for overload protection up to 144. Features Selectable manual or automatic reset operation Interchangeable heater packs adjustable ±4% to match motor FL and calibrated for use with 1.0 and 1.15 service factor motors. Heater packs for 3 overload relay will mount in 75 overload relay useful in derating applications such as jogging lass 10 or 0 heater packs Load lugs built into relay base imetallic, ambient compensated operated. Trip free mechanism lectrically isolated NO-N contacts (pull RST button to test). (lectrical ratings see table on Page V5-T-46) Overload trip indication Shrouded or fingerproof terminals to reduce possibility of electrical shock Standards and ertifications Meets UL 508 singlephasing requirements UL listed, S certified and NM compliance Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-39

41 .1 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series Product Selection 306 Thermal Overload Relays 306DN3 306GN3 306DT3 306GT3 ontactors Maximum Number Open Type NM 1 nclosed NM Size mpere Rating of Poles atalog Number atalog Number 00, DN3 306DG3 1, GN3 306GG KN NN Standalone pplications NM Size Maximum mpere Rating Number of Poles Open Type atalog Number 00, 0, DT GT KN NN Notes 1 NM Sizes 5 8 use the 3 overload in conjunction with Ts. Series overload relays have load lugs built into relay base and will only accept Series heater packs. These relays can be directly attached to contactor or they can be DIN rail or panel mounted using adapter on Page V5-T These relays can be panel mounted only. 4 Overload relay assembled with mounting adapter for DIN rail or panel mount. 5 Panel mount only. 6 NM Sizes 5 8 use the 3 overload in conjunction with Ts. V5-T-40 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

42 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series.1 Heater Pack Selection Heater packs H001 to H017 and H101 to H117 are to be used only with Series overload relays atalog Numbers 306DN3 (Part No ) and 306GN3 (Part No ). The load lugs are built into the overload relay Starters with Series Overload Relays 1 base to allow load wiring prior to heater pack installation. The previous heater design had integral load lugs. The Series heater packs are electrically equivalent to the previous heater design. Heaters H018-3 to H04-3 have not changed. NM N Type I Type Size Series Size Series 00 0 F 1 G K 5 G K 6 G K 7 8 G K Heater Pack H001 H017 Standard Trip lass 0 Heater Overload Relay Size D atalog Number For Use with NM Sizes 00 0 Series, NM Sizes 1 Series ; I Sizes F Series, I Sizes G K Series 3 or H H H H H H H H H H H H H H014-3 For Use with NM Size, I Sizes G K Only, Series H H H017-3 Notes Motor Full Load mpere Rating Dial Position 1 The series of a starter is the last digit of the listed catalog number. xample: N16DN0. Heater packs are shipped three to a carton. catalog numbers are for three heater packs. Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-41

43 .1 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series Heater Pack H018 H04 Standard Trip lass 0 Heater, continued Overload Relay Size D atalog Number 1 For Use with NM Sizes 3 4, I Sizes L N Only Series 105 or H H H H H H H H H H04-3 For Use with Size 5 Starters Series and I P, R and S with 300/5 T H H H H H008-3 For Use with Size 6 Starters Only Series and I T V with 600/5 T H H H H008-3 For Use with Size 7 Starters Only Series and I W X with 1000/5 T H H H H H008-3 For Use Size 8 Starters Only Series and I Z with 1500/5 T H H H H H008-3 Notes Motor Full Load mpere Rating Dial Position 1 Heater packs are shipped three to a carton. catalog numbers are for three heater packs. Sizes 5 8 and I P Z use the 3 overload relay with current transformers. V5-T-4 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

44 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series.1 Heater Pack H101 H117 Fast Trip lass 10 Heater Motor Full Load mpere Rating Dial Position Overload Relay Size D atalog Number 1 For Use with NM Sizes 00 0 Series, NM Sizes 1 Series ; I Sizes F Series, I Sizes G K Series 3 or H H H H H H H H H H H H H H114-3 For Use with Size, I Sizes G K Only Series H H H117-3 For Use with Size 5 Starters Only Series and I P, R and S with 300/5 T H H H H H108-3 For Use with Size 6 Starters Only Series and I T V with 600/5 T H H H H108-3 For Use with Size 7 Starters Only Series and I W X with 1000/5 T H H H H H108-3 For Use with Size 8 Starters Only Series and I Z with 1500/5 T H H H H H108-3 Notes 1 Heater packs are shipped three to a carton. catalog numbers are for three heater packs. Sizes 5 8 and I P Z use the 3 overload relay with current transformers. Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-43

45 .1 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series ccessories DIN Rail and Panel Mounting dapter These adapters are required adapter includes line when component overload terminals and connects relays are to be separately with the overload relays mounted. The terminal base on Page V5-T T1 DIN Rail and Panel Mounting dapter Description atalog Number For 3 overload relay 306T1 For 75 overload relay 306T 1 Locking over for Overload Relay 306 Only Snap-on transparent or dial helps prevent accidental opaque plastic panel for or unauthorized changes to covering access port to the trip and reset setting. overload relay trip setting Overload Relay over Locking over for Overload Relay 306 Only Modifications 306 Thermal Overload Relays with Mounting dapter onsists of a thermal permits fast and easy overload relay mounted to a installation. terminal base adapter 306 Thermal Overload Relays with Mounting dapter Description 306DN T1 306GN T Replacement Parts Heater Pack Replacement The heater pack series is determined by the 6th character of the catalog number. Series or prior heater packs (identified by either or - as the 6th character) have built-in load lugs. Series or later heater Description Min. Order Qty. (Std. Pkg.) atalog Number lear cover, no accessibility 50 30P3 Gray cover, no accessibility with 50 30P4 auto only nib Gray cover, no accessibility with 50 30P5 manual only nib Gray cover with FL dial accessibility,,,, D positions and auto only nib 50 30P6 Gray cover with FL dial 50 30P7 accessibility,,,, D positions and manual only nib atalog Number 306DT3 306GT3 packs do not (load lugs are on overload relay). Replacement of Series or earlier heater packs with Series or later heater packs, requires the one time addition of Lug dapter Kit 306KL1-3 to the Series 1 overload relay. Superseded Series Heater Pack Series Heater Pack Overload Relay Lug dapter Kit Superseded 3 Series Overload Relay 306DN3 These kits are used in conjunction with atalog Numbers H001 H014 or H101 H114 heater packs as a means of utilizing these Series heater packs in atalog Numbers 306DN3 and 306GN3 Series l overload relays. The kit consists of three lug Heater Pack Replacement Requirements xisting Heater Pack atalog Numbers H001-3 H013-3 H001-3 H013-3 H001-3 H013-3 H014-3 H014-3 H014-3 H015-3 H017-3 H015-3 H017-3 H015-3 H017-3 Overload Relay Lug Replacement Product Required Lug adapter kit 306KL1-3 and Series heater pack Series heater pack Replace with lug adapter kit 306KL1-3 and Series heater pack Series heater pack Replace with heater pack chosen from table below Replace with lug adapter kit 306KL1-3 and Series heater pack Series heater pack Heater Pack Ratings Motor Full Load mpere Rating Dial Position Order Heater Pack D atalog Number H H H KL1 Description Series l overload relay lug adapter kit Superseded 75 Series Overload Relay 306GN3 adapters and installation instructions. When installing Series heater packs plus lug adapters in Series overload relays, refer to heater pack FL adjustment tables originally supplied with equipment (also supplied with kit). atalog Number 306KL1-3 Overload Relay Replacement Series Only When replacing a atalog on a starter, order a Series Number 306DN3 (Part No. overload relay and Series ) or 306GN3 (10- heater packs. 6319) Series overload relay Note 1 This Series adapter will accept Series or overload relays (306GN3 or 306GN3), 306T can only be used with 306GN3. V5-T-44 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

46 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series.1 Technical Data and Specifications Operation 306 Overload Relay Setting For motors having a 1.15 service factor, rotate the FL (Full Load mperes) adjustment dial to correspond to the motor s FL rating. stimate the dial position when the motor FL falls between two letter values as shown in the example. For motors having a 1.0 service factor, rotate the FL dial one-half position counterclockwise (W). FL Dial djustment 1.0 Service Factor 1.15 Service Factor xample of 1.0 FL setting for heater pack number H011 showing position for 1.0 or 1.15 service factor motors. lass 10 and lass 0 Trip urves Trip Time (Seconds) 10, D The overload relay is factory set at M for manual reset operation. For automatic reset operation, turn the reset adjustment dial to the position as shown in the illustration. utomatic reset is not intended for two-wire control devices. Manual/utomatic Reset M xample of setting for manual reset Multiples of urrent Setting lass 10 Overload Relay 5 Open Rating Test for Trip Indication To test overload relay for trip indication when in manual reset, pull out the blue reset button. n orange flag will appear indicating that the device has tripped. Push reset button in to reset. Warning To provide continued protection against fire or shock hazard, the complete overload relay must From old Start From Hot Start be replaced if burnout of the heater element occurs. General Overload relays are provided to protect motors, motor control apparatus and motorbranch circuit conductors against excessive heating due to motor overloads and failure to start. This definition does not include: 1) motor circuits over 600V, ) short circuits, 3) ground faults and 4) fire pump control. (N rt ) Time urrent haracteristics The time-current characteristics of an overload relay is an expression of performance which defines its operating time at various multiples of its current setting. Tests are run at Underwriters Laboratories (UL) in accordance with NM Standards and the N. UL requires: When tested at 100 percent of its current rating, the overload relay shall trip ultimately Trip Time (Seconds) 10, Multiples of urrent Setting lass 0 Overload Relay 5 Open Rating When tested at 00 percent of its current rating, the overload relay shall trip in not more than 8 minutes When tested at 600 percent of the current rating, the overload relay shall trip in not more than 10 or 0 seconds, depending on the lass of the relay urrent Rating is defined as the minimum current at which the relay will trip. Per N, an overload must ultimately trip at 15% of FL current (heater) setting for a 1.15 service factor motor and 115% FL for a 1.0 service factor motor. urrent Setting is defined as the FL of the motor and thus the overload heater pack setting. xample: 600% of current rating is defined as 750% (600 x 1.5) of FL current (heater) setting for a 1.15 service factor motor. 10 heater setting must trip in 0 seconds or less at 75 motor current for a lass 0 relay. From old Start From Hot Start Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-45

47 .1 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series Wire (75 ) Sizes WG or kcmil NM Sizes 00, I K Open Power Terminals Line I Size NM Size u Only,, stranded, 1 14 solid D,, F stranded, solid stranded or solid G, H, J, K 3 14 (upper) and/or 6 14 (lower) stranded or solid 1 Power Terminals Load u Only (Stranded or Solid) atalog Number Terminal Wire Size 306DN WG 306GN WG ontrol Terminals u Only 1 16 WG stranded, 1 14 WG solid Wire (75 ) Sizes WG or kcmil NM Sizes 3 8, I L N Open Power Terminals Line and Load I Size NM Size Wire Size L 3 1/0 14 u/l M 14 /0 u/l N 3/0 8 u/l 4 Open 3/0 8 u nclosed 50 kcmil 6 u/l kcmil or () 50 kcmil 3/0 u/l 6 7 () 750 kcmil 3/0 u/l 8 () 750 kcmil 1/0 u/l ontrol Terminals u Only 1 16 WG stranded, 1 14 WG solid Power Terminal Torque Line and Load Terminals atalog Number Terminal Torque in lb-in 306DT GT (14 10 WG) 40 (8 WG) 45 (6 4 WG) 50 (3 WG) 306KN3 (socket head screw) (3/16) 00 (1/4) 50 (5/16) 306NN3 (socket head screw) (3/16) 00 (1/4) 50 (5/16) 306NN3 (slotted head screw) 35 (14 10 WG) 40 (8 WG) 45 (6 4 WG) 50 (3 1/0 WG) Plugging and Jogging Service Horsepower Ratings NM Size 00V 30V 460V 575V 00 1/ 1/ 1/ 0 1-1/ 1-1/ / Overload Relay UL/S ontact Ratings ontrol ircuit 3 Volts 10V 40V 480V 600V N ontact 600 Make and break amperes reak amperes ontinuous amperes NO ontact 600 Make and break amperes reak amperes ontinuous amperes Notes 1 Two compartment box lug. Maximum horsepower where operation is interrupted more than 5 times per minute or more than 10 times in a 10 minute period. NM standard IS table D ratings cover Freedom Series coils only. V5-T-46 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

48 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series.1 Dimensions pproximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Stand-lone Overload Relays 3 and 75 Sizes 306DT38 and 306GT3 F D Dimensions and Shipping Weights mpere Size 105 and 144 Sizes 306KN38 and 306NN3 G Wide High Deep Mounting D Mtg. Holes for (3) 1/4-0 Screws Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) D F (Slot) G (Hole) (45.0) 4.13 (104.9) 3.69 (93.7) 1.36 (34.5) 3.74 (95.0) 0.18 x 0.30 (4.6 x 7.6) 0.18 (4.6) dia. 0.8 (0.4) (64.5) 4.69 (119.1) 3.74 (95.0).00 (50.8) 3.45 (87.6) 0. x 0.6 (5.6 x 6.6) 0.1 (5.3) dia. 1.4 (0.6) 105 and (101.6) 7.17 (18.1) 4.91 (14.7) 3.00 (76.) 6.6 (168.1) 4.0 (1.8) Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-47

49 .1 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series 440/XT lectronic Overload Relay 440/XT lectronic Overload Relay Product Description aton s new electronic overload relay (OL) is the most compact, highfeatured, economical product in its class. Designed on a global platform, the new OL covers the entire power control spectrum including NM, I and DP contactors. The NM and DP versions are offered with the 440 designation while the I offering has the XT designation. The electronic design provides reliable, accurate and value driven protection and communications capabilities in a single compact device. It is the flexible choice for any application requiring easy-touse, reliable protection. aton has a long history of innovations and product development in motor control and protection, including both traditional NM, as well as I control. It was from this experience that the 440 was developed, delivering new solutions to meet today s demands. 440 is a self-powered electronic overload relay available up to 175 as a self contained unit. With external Ts, 440 can protect motor up to 1500 FL. vailable add-on accessories include remote reset capability and communication modules with I/O for DeviceNet, PROFIUS, and Modbus. ontents Description ontactors Non-Reversing and Reversing Starters Three-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage Starters Single-Phase Non-Reversing, Full Voltage, i-metallic Overload ccessories Renewal Parts Technical Data and Specifications Relays Thermal Overload /XT lectronic Overload Relay Standards and ertifications atalog Number Selection Product Selection ccessories Technical Data and Specifications Dimensions Page V5-T-4 V5-T-10 V5-T-15 V5-T-1 V5-T-30 V5-T-35 V5-T-39 V5-T-49 V5-T-50 V5-T-51 V5-T-53 V5-T-55 V5-T-61 Features and enefits Features Reliable, accurate, electronic motor protection asy to select, install and maintain ompact size Flexible, intelligent design Global product offering available with NM, I and DP power control Size/Range User Interface road FL range Large FL selection dial ( ) Trip status indicator Selectable trip class Operating mode LD (10, 10, 0, 30) Direct mounting to NM, I and DP contactors Most compact electronic overload in its class Motor ontrol Two 600 alarm (NO) and fault (N) contacts Test/Trip button Motor Protection Thermal overload Phase loss Selectable (ON/OFF) phase unbalance Selectable (ON/OFF) ground fault DIP switch selectable trip class, phase unbalance and ground fault Selectable uto/manual reset Feature Options Remote reset 10 Vac 4 Vac 4 Vdc Tamper-proof cover ommunications modules Modbus RTU RS-485 DeviceNet with I/O PROFIUS with I/O Modbus RTU with I/O thernet IP with I/O Modbus TP with I/O V5-T-48 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

50 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series.1 enefits Reliability and Improved Uptime 440 provides the users with peace of mind knowing that their assets are protected with the highest level of motor protection and communication capability in its class xtends the life of plant assets with selectable motor protection features such as trip class, phase unbalance and ground fault Protects against unnecessary downtime by discovering changes in your system (line/load) with remote monitoring capabilities Status LD provides added assurance that valuable assets are protected by indicating the overload operational status lectronic Overload ducation Flexibility vailable with NM, I and DP contactors Improves return on investment by reducing inventory carrying costs with wide FL adjustment (5:1) and selectable trip class Design incorporates built-in ground fault protection thus eliminating the need for separate Ts and modules Flexible communication with optional I/O enables easy integration into plant management systems for remote monitoring and control vailable as an open component and in enclosed control and motor control center assemblies Monitoring apabilities Individual phase currents RMS verage three-phase current RMS Thermal memory Fault indication (overload, phase loss, phase unbalance, ground fault) Safety IP 0 rated terminal blocks vailable in aton s industry leading FlashGard Ms Tested to the highest industry standards such as UL, S, and I RoHS compliant Standards and ertifications UL S NM I/N VD 0660 ISO (N954-1) RoHS TX directive 94/9/ quipment Group, ategory Description Definition ause ffect if not Protected 440/XT Protection Motor Protection Thermal overload Overload is a condition in which current draw exceeds 115% of the full load amperage rating for an inductive motor. n increase in the load or torque that is being driven by the motor. Increase in current draw leads to heat and insulation breakdown, which can cause system failure. low voltage supply to the motor causes the current to go high to maintain the power needed. poor power factor causing above normal current draw. Increase in current can increase power consumption and waste valuable energy. Ground fault line to ground fault. current leakage path to ground. n undetected ground fault can burn through multiple insulation windings, ultimately leading to motor failure, not to mention risk to equipment or personnel Unbalanced phases (voltage and current) Phase loss current (single-phasing) Uneven voltage or current between phases in a three-phase system. One of the three-phase voltages is not present. When a three-phase load is powered with a poor quality line, the voltage per phase may be unbalanced. Multiple causes, loose wire, improper wiring, grounded phase, open fuse, and so on. Unbalanced voltage causes large unbalanced currents and as a result this can lead to motor stator windings being overloaded, causing excessive heating, reduced motor efficiency and reduced insulation life. Single-phasing can lead to unwanted motor vibrations in addition to the results of unbalanced phases as listed above. Thermal trip behavior is defined by UL, S and I standards. Trip class is settable from 10, 10, 0, 30 Fixed protective setting that takes the starter offline if ground fault current exceeds 50% of the FL dial setting, that is, if the FL dial is set to 1, the overload relay will trip if the ground current exceeds 6. Fixed protective setting that takes the starter offline if a phase drops below 50% of the other two phases. Fixed protective setting that takes the starter offline if a phase drops below 50% of the other two phases. Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-49

51 .1 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series atalog Number Selection Freedom Series NM Starters with 440 lectronic Overload Relays 1 = = = D = G = K = M = N = S = Device Type = Starter Device ssembly onfiguration 1 = Non-reversing 5 = Reversing ontactor Frame Size NM Size ontinuous mperes Standard N = NM OLR Type 9 = Starter w/440 OLR NM nclosure N = Open N 1 9 N For Starters Starter Mounting Option 0 = Horizontal Notes 1 See Page V5-T-51 for Product Selection. NM Sizes 00 and 0 only. 3 NM Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1 3 are 4/60 only. 4 NM Size 5 starter available with panel mounted Ts. Starter shipped as an assembled unit with overload relay ( SLX or SLX). 440 OLR Designation (FVNR and FVR only) 5 = Standard feature set SL Reset, SL lass (10, 10, 0, 30) 5G = Ground fault feature set SL Reset, SL lass (10, 0) oil Suffix Suffix Volts and Hertz = 10/60 or 110/50 = 40/60 or 0/50 = 480/60 or 440/50 D= 600/60 or 550/50 = 08/60 H= 77/60 J= 08 40/60 K= 40/50 L= /50 N= 550/50 T= 4/60, 4/50 3 U= 4/50 V= 3/50 W= 48/60 Y= 48/ FL Range (FVNR and FVR only) NM Size 00 1P6 = = =4 0 NM Size 0 1P6 = = =4 0 NM Size 1/1 1P6 = = = =9 45 NM Size 005 = = =9 45 NM Size = NM Size 4/4 140 = NM Size = V5-T-50 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

52 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series.1 Product Selection Type N19/59 Freedom Series Starters Type N19/59 Freedom Series Starters with 440 lectronic Overload Relays NM Starter Non-Reversing and Reversing Type N19/59 Freedom Series Starters with 440 with Ground Fault lectronic Overload Relays NM Starter with Ground Fault oil Suffix odes Notes Maximum UL Horsepower ontinuous Service Limit Three-Pole Three-Pole NM mpere urrent Rating Single-Phase Three-Phase Non-Reversing 1 Reversing 1 Size Rating (mps) 115V 30V 08V 40V 480V 600V atalog Number atalog Number / / 1-1/ N19N0_ 5 _ N59N0_ 5 _ N19N0_ 5 _ N59N0_ 5 _ / 7-1/ N19DN0_ 5 _ N59DN0_ 5 _ / N19GN0_ 5 _ N59GN0_ 5 _ N19KN0_ 5 _ N59KN0_ 5 _ N19NN0_ 5 _ N59NN0_ 5 _ N19SN0_ 5 _ N59SN0_ 5 _ Non-Reversing and Reversing Maximum UL Horsepower ontinuous Service Limit Three-Pole Three-Pole NM mpere urrent Rating Single-Phase Three-Phase Non-Reversing 1 Reversing 1 Size Rating (mps) 115V 30V 08V 40V 480V 600V atalog Number atalog Number / / 1-1/ N19N0_ 5G _ N59N0_ 5G _ N19N0_ 5G _ N59N0_ 5G _ / 7-1/ N19DN0_ 5G _ N59DN0_ 5G _ / N19GN0_ 5G _ N59GN0_ 5G _ N19KN0_ 5G _ N59KN0_ 5G _ N19NN0_ 5G _ N59NN0_ 5G _ N19SN0_ 5G _ N59SN0_ 5G _ Suffix oil Volts and Hertz Suffix oil Volts and Hertz 10/60 or 110/50 L /50 40/60 or 0/50 N 550/50 480/60 or 440/50 T 4/60, 4/50 D 600/60 or 550/50 U 4/50 08/60 V 3/50 H 77/60 W 48/60 J 08 40/60 Y 48/50 K 40/50 1 Underscore (_) indicates coils suffix required, see oil Suffix table above. Underscore (_) indicates OLR designation required, see 440 FL Range table above. 3 NM Size 5 starter available with panel mounted Ts. Starter shipped as an assembled unit with overload relay ( SLX or SLX). 440 FL Range (FVNR and FVR Starters Only) NM Size OLR ode FL Range OLR ode FL Rating 00 1P P P Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-51

53 .1 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series ompact NM Size 1 and 4 Starters New ompact NM Size 1 and 4 starters available with electronic overload relay only. Non-Reversing Maximum UL Horsepower ontinuous Service Limit Three-Pole NM mpere urrent Rating Single-Phase Three-Phase Non-Reversing Size Rating (mps) 115V 30V 08V 40V 480V 600V atalog Number Standard Fault Overload N19N0_5_ N19MN0_5_ Ground Fault Overload N19N0_5G_ N19MN0_5G_ lectrical Life at Rated ontinuous urrent Rated urrent (mperage) 3/4 NM Size Operations NM Size Operations 1 7/150,500,000/40, / ,000/40, /153 5,000,000/110, /8 800,000/70,000 N19 ompetitive Retrofit Kits The retrofit kits provide a packaged solution to replace competitive starters with the Freedom N19 starter using existing hole patterns. Suitable for replacement of llen-radley, Square D, G and Siemens starters. Kit contents ompetitive mounting plate N19 starter Remote reset module NO 1050T pushbutton RST pushbutton legend plate 16 gauge control wire N19 ompetitive Retrofit Kit Product Selection N19 ompetitive Retrofit Kit atalog Number Selection Device Type = Starter Device ssembly onfiguration 1 = Non-reversing D = G = K = N = S = ontactor Frame Size NM Size ontinuous mperes Standard N = NM OLR Type 9 = Starter w/440 OLR Rated urrent (mperage) 3/4 Size Description atalog Number 1 10 Vac coil, 4 0 overload N19DN0500-RK 10 Vac coil, 9 45 overload N19GN05045-RK 3 10 Vac coil, overload N19KN05100-RK 4 10 Vac coil, overload N19NN05140-RK 5 10 Vac coil, overload N19SN05300-RK N 1 9 D N RK NM nclosure N = Open For Starters Starter Mounting Option 0 = Horizontal 440 OLR Designation 5 = Standard feature set SL Reset, SL lass (10, 10, 0, 30) oil Suffix Suffix Volts and Hertz = 10/60 or 110/ FL Range NM Size 1/1 00 = 4 0 NM Size 045 = 9 45 NM Size = NM Size 4/4 140 = NM Size = ompetitive Retrofit Kit V5-T-5 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

54 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series.1 ccessories T Kits Safety over Reset ar Remote Reset ccessories ommunication The 440/XTO is provided with two levels of communication capability. asic ommunication via xpansion Module Monitoring Only asic communication on the 440 is accomplished using an expansion module (440-XOM). The expansion module plugs into the expansion bay on the 440 overload relay, enabling communications with the overload via their Modbus RTU (RS-485) network. No additional cards or modules are required. See figure below. asic ommunication Modbus Description Safety over lear Lexan cover that mounts on top of the FL dial and DIP switches when closed. Reset ar ssembles to the top of the overload to provide a larger target area for door mounted reset operators. Remote Reset Remote reset module (4 Vdc) 1 Remote reset module (10 Vac) 1 Remote reset module (4 Vac) 1 dvanced ommunication Monitoring and ontrol 440 also has the ability to communicate on industrial protocols such as Modbus RTU, DeviceNet, PROFIUS, Modbus TP, and thernet/ip while providing control capability using I/O. n expansion module (440- XOM) combined with a communication module allows easy integration onto the customer's network. Seefigurebelow. dvanced ommunication ommunication Module atalog Number Z-XS Z-XR 440-XOM Z-XRR-10 Z-XRR communication modules, wired to the 440-XOM give 440 control capability via communications. The communication modules offer flexible mounting options (DIN rail or panel) along with four inputs (4 Vdc or 10 Vac) and two outputs as standard. Note 1 ustomer can wire remote mounted button to reset module (that is, mm pushbutton, catalog number M-D--G14-K10). Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-53

55 .1 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series The following information can be viewed using the communication option: Motor status running, stopped, tripped or resetting Individual rms phase currents (,, ) verage of three-phase rms current Percent thermal capacity Fault codes (only available prior to reset) Percent phase unbalance Ground fault current and percent Overload relay settings trip class, DIP switch selections, reset selections Modbus address (can be set over the network) xpansion Module thernet with I/O Module Features and enefits thernet modules Single device supports both thernet/ip, Modbus TP Internal switch with two thernet ports allows linear or ring network configurations mbedded web-services for easy configuration and monitoring with Internet xplorer DeviceNet I/O assemblies with the same size and layout as the legacy dvantage (WPONIDN) and IT. (DSNP) Starter platforms for seamless upgrades to 441 technology with no program changes ommunication uses only one DeviceNet M ID PROFIUS apable of baud rates up to 1 Mb Intuitive configuration with common PROFIUS tools Modbus Modbus address and baud rate can be changed easily with 441 s user interface (441M only) Terminals Unique locking mechanism provides easy removal of terminal block with field wiring installed Marked terminals for ease of wiring and troubleshooting ommunication ccessories ommunication modules mount on their own to be used as stand-alone network based I/O or be wired to the 440-XOM. Parts are available for purchase individually (see consists of below) or as part of a kit for 440 communications. Description xpansion Module xpansion module (Remote Reset/Modbus RTU, RS-485 ommunication) ommunication Modules DeviceNet communication module kit 10 V I/O (consists of 440-XOM + 441KS) DeviceNet communication module kit 4 Vdc I/O (consists of 440-XOM + 441LS) PROFIUS communication module kit 10 V I/O (consists of 440-XOM + 441SS) PROFIUS communication module kit 4 V I/O (consists of 440-XOM + 441QS) Modbus communication module kit 10 V I/O (consists of 440-XOM + 441NS) Modbus communication module kit 4 Vdc I/O (consists of 440-XOM + 441PS) Modbus TP/thernet IP communication module kit 10 V I/O (consists of 440-XOM + 441U) Modbus TP/thernet IP communication module kit 4 V I/O (consists of 440-XOM + 441V) On-board I/O assemblies Modules offer 4 IN / OUT of network programmable I/O 4 Vdc or 10 Vac signal options Optical isolation protects the I/O and communication circuits from possible damage due to transients and ground loops Inputs feature userdefinable debounce, which limits the effects of transients and electrical noise Outputs feature a userdefinable state for loss of communication: hold last state, ON or OFF atalog Number 440-XOM 440-DN DN DP DP MOD MOD T T-4 V5-T-54 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

56 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series.1 Technical Data and Specifications lectronic Overload Relays up to 1500 Specification Description 45 mm 55 mm 110 mm lectrical Ratings Range Range Range Operating voltage (three-phase) and frequency 690 Vac (60/50 Hz) 690 Vac (60/50 Hz) 690 Vac (60/50 Hz) FL Range (NM) (I) Use with ontactors XT I frames,, D D, F, G G, H Freedom NM sizes 00, 0, 1, 3 4 Trip lass Motor Protection Thermal overload setting 10, 10, 0, 30 Selectable 1.05 x FL: does not trip 1.15 x FL: overload trip 10, 10, 0, 30 Selectable 1.05 x FL: does not trip 1.15 x FL: overload trip 10, 10, 0, 30 Selectable 1.05 x FL: does not trip 1.15 x FL: overload trip Feature Range Range Range Phase loss Fixed threshold 50% Fixed threshold 50% Fixed threshold 50% Phase unbalance (selectable: enable/disable) Fixed threshold 50% Fixed threshold 50% Fixed threshold 50% Ground fault (selectable: enable/disable) 50% of FL dial setting >150% = sec >50% = 1 sec 50% of FL dial setting >150% = sec >50% = 1 sec 50% of FL dial setting >150% = sec >50% = 1 sec Reset Manual/automatic Manual/automatic Manual/automatic Indicators Trip status Orange flag Orange flag Orange flag Mode LD One flash: Overload operating properly Two flashes: urrent is above FL dial setting pending trip One flash: Overload operating properly Two flashes: urrent is above FL dial setting pending trip One flash: Overload operating properly Two flashes: urrent is above FL dial setting pending trip Options Remote reset Yes Yes Yes Reset bar Yes Yes Yes ommunication expansion module Yes Yes Yes ommunication adapter Yes Yes Yes apacity Load terminals Terminal capacity 1 10 WG (4 6 mm ) 6 1 WG (16 50 mm ) 8 4/0 WG (10 95 mm ) 8 6 WG (6 16 mm ) Tightening torque 0 5 lb-in (.3.8 Nm) 5 30 lb-in ( Nm) 14 lb-in (14 Nm) 5 30 lb-in ( Nm) Input, auxiliary contact and remote reset terminals Terminal capacity x (18 1) WG x (18 1) WG x (18 1) WG Tightening torque 7 11 lb-in ( Nm) 7 11 lb-in ( Nm) 7 11 lb-in ( Nm) Voltages Insulation voltage U i (three-phase) 690 Vac 690 Vac 690 Vac Insulation voltage U i (control) 500 Vac 500 Vac 500 Vac Rated impulse withstand voltage 6000 Vac 6000 Vac 6000 Vac Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3 III/3 III/3 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-55

57 .1 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series lectronic Overload Relays up to 1500, continued Specification Description 45 mm 55 mm 110 mm uxiliary and ontrol ircuit Ratings onventional thermal continuous current Rated operational current I -15 Make contact (1800 V) 10V V V V reak contact (180 V) 10V V V V I D-13 (L/R F 15 ms1) 0 50V Rated operational current UL 600 Make contact (3600 V) 10V V V V reak contact (360 V) 10V V V V R300 Vdc ratings (8 V) 0 10V V Short-ircuit Rating without Welding Maximum fuse 6 gg/gl 6 gg/gl 6 gg/gl nvironmental Ratings mbient temperature (operating) 13 to 149 F ( 5 to 65 ) 13 to 149 F ( 5 to 65 ) 13 to 149 F ( 5 to 65 ) mbient temperature (storage) 40 to 185 F ( 40 to 85 ) 40 to 185 F ( 40 to 85 ) 40 to 185 F ( 40 to 85 ) Operating humidity UL 991 (H3) 5% to 95% non-condensing 5% to 95% non-condensing 5% to 95% non-condensing ltitude (no derating) NM IS1 000m 000m 000m Shock (I ) 15g any direction 15g any direction 15g any direction Vibration (I ) 3g any direction 3g any direction 3g any direction Pollution degree per I for product ( for pcb) 3 for product ( for pcb) 3 for product ( for pcb) Ingress protection IP0 IP0 IP0 Protection against direct contact when actuated from Finger- and back-of-hand proof Finger- and back-of-hand proof Finger- and back-of-hand proof front (I 536) Mounting position ny ny ny limatic proofing Damp heat, constant to I Damp heat, constant to I Damp heat, constant to I V5-T-56 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

58 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series.1 lectronic Overload Relays up to 1500, continued Specification Description 45 mm 55 mm 110 mm lectrical/m Radiated emissions I Table 15 N (ISPIR 11) Group 1, lass, ISM 30 mhz to 1000 mhz 30 mhz to 1000 mhz 30 mhz to 1000 mhz onducted emissions I Table 14 N (ISPIR 11) Group 1; lass ISM SD immunity I (Table 13) Radiated immunity I I onducted immunity I , I Fast transient immunity I (Table 13) I Surge immunity I (Table 13) I a lass mhz to 30 mhz 0.15 mhz to 30 mhz 0.15 mhz to 30 mhz ±8 kv air, ±6 kv contact ±8 kv air, ±6 kv contact ±8 kv air, ±6 kv contact 10 V/m 80 mhz 1000 mhz 3 V/m from 1.4 to.7 ghz 80% amplitude modulated 1 khz sine wave 140 dub (10V rms) 150 khz 100 mhz ±4 kv using direct method with accessory installed in expansion bay ± kv using direct method Three-phase power inputs: ±4 kv line-to-line (DM) ±4 kv line-to-ground (M) With accessory installed in expansion bay: ± kv line-to-line (DM) >1./50 us; kv line-to-earth, 1 kv line-to-line ±4 kv line-to-ground (M) 10 V/m 80 mhz 1000 mhz 3 V/m from 1.4 to.7 ghz 80% amplitude modulated 1 khz sine wave 140 dub (10V rms) 150 khz 100 mhz ±4 kv using direct method with accessory installed in expansion bay ± kv using direct method Three-phase power inputs: ±4 kv line-to-line (DM) ±4 kv line-to-ground (M) With accessory installed in expansion bay: ± kv line-to-line (DM) >1./50 us; kv line-to-earth, 1 kv line-to-line ±4 kv line-to-ground (M) 10 V/m 80 mhz 1000 mhz 3 V/m from 1.4 to.7 ghz 80% amplitude modulated 1 khz sine wave 140 dub (10V rms) 150 khz 100 mhz ±4 kv using direct method with accessory installed in expansion bay ± kv using direct method Three-phase power inputs: ±4 kv line-to-line (DM) ±4 kv line-to-ground (M) With accessory installed in expansion bay: ± kv line-to-line (DM) >1./50 us; kv line-to-earth, 1 kv line-to-line ±4 kv line-to-ground (M) Power freq. magnetic field immunity 30 /m, 50 Hz 30 /m, 50 Hz 30 /m, 50 Hz I , I lectromagnetic field 10 V/m 10 V/m 10 V/m I Table 13, I Distortion I 519 5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max. 5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max. 5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max. lectrostatic discharge (SD) I , N lectrical fast transient (FT) I , N Surge immunity I , N kv contact 8 kv air discharge 4 kv contact 8 kv air discharge 4 kv contact 8 kv air discharge ± kv using direct method ± kv using direct method ± kv using direct method ± kv line-to-ground (M) ± kv line-to-ground (M) ± kv line-to-ground (M) Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-57

59 .1 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series ommunication Modules Description Modbus DeviceNet PROFIUS thernet lectrical/m Radiated emissions I Table 15, N (ISPIR 11) Group 1, lass mhz mhz mhz mhz onducted emissions I Table 14, N (ISPIR 11) Group 1, lass SD immunity I (Table 13) Radiated immunity I onducted immunity I Fast transient immunity I (Table 13) I Surge immunity I (Table 13) I lass 3 lectromagnetic field 1 I (Table 13) I nvironmental Ratings Note 1 Relates to 441M only mhz mhz mhz mhz ±8 kv air, ±4 kv contact ±8 kv air, ±4 kv contact ±8 kv air, ±4 kv contact ±8 kv air, ±4 kv contact 10 V/m mhz 80% amplitude modulated 1 khz sine wave 140 duv (10V rms) 150 khz 80 mhz 10 V/m mhz 80% amplitude modulated 1 khz sine wave 140 duv (10V rms) 150 khz 80 mhz ± kv using direct method ± kv supply and control, ±1 kv communication User IO and communication lines 1 : ±1 kv line-to-line (DM) ± kv line-to-ground (M) User IO and communication lines: ±0.5 kv line-to-line (DM) ±1 kv line-to-ground (M) 10 V/m mhz 80% amplitude modulated 1 khz sine wave 140 duv (10V rms) 150 khz 80 mhz ± kv supply and control, ±1 kv communication User IO and communication lines: ±0.5 kv line-to-line (DM) ±1 kv line-to-ground (M) 10 V/m 10 V/m 10 V/m 10 V/m 10 V/m mhz 80% amplitude modulated 1 khz sine wave 140 duv (10V rms) 150 khz 80 mhz ± kv supply and control, ±1 kv communication User IO and communication lines: ±0.5 kv line-to-line (DM) ±1 kv line-to-ground (M) mbient temperature (operating) 4 to 1 F ( 0 to 50 ) 13 to 1 F ( 5 to 50 ) 13 to 1 F ( 5 to 50 ) 13 to 1 F ( 5 to 50 ) mbient temperature (storage) 40 to 185 F ( 40 to 85 ) 40 to 185 F ( 40 to 85 ) 40 to 185 F ( 40 to 85 ) 40 to 185 F ( 40 to 85 ) Operating humidity 5 95% noncondensing 5 95% noncondensing 5 95% noncondensing 5 95% noncondensing ltitude (no derating) 000m 000m 000m 000m Shock (I ) 15G any direction 15G any direction 15G any direction 15G any direction Vibration (I ) 3G any direction 3G any direction 3G any direction 3G any direction Pollution degree per I Degree of protection IP0 IP0 IP0 IP0 Overvoltage category per UL 508 III III III III DeviceNet DeviceNet connections Group, polling, bit strobe, explicit, no UMM DeviceNet baud rate 15K, 50K, 500K thernet thernet connections Integrated two-port switch with dual RJ45 thernet connections thernet type thernet 10/100 Mbs, utomdx, uto Negotiation PROFIUS PROFIUS connections Group, polling, bit strobe, explicit, no UMM PROFIUS baud rate 9.6K, 19.K, 45.45K, 93.75K, 187.5K, 500K, 1.5M, 3M, 6M, 1M V5-T-58 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

60 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series.1 ommunication Modules, continued Description Modbus DeviceNet PROFIUS thernet 441_ 4 Vdc Input Nominal input voltage 4 Vdc 4 Vdc 4 Vdc 4 Vdc Operating voltage Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc Number of inputs Signal delay 5 ms (programmable to 65 sec) 5 ms (programmable to 65 sec) 5 ms (programmable to 65 sec) 5 ms (programmable to 65 sec) OFF-state voltage <6 Vdc <6 Vdc <6 Vdc <6 Vdc ON-state voltage >18 Vdc >18 Vdc >10 Vdc >18 Vdc Nominal input current 5 m 5 m 5 m 5 m Isolation 1500V 1500V 1500V 1500V Terminal screw torque 7 9 in-lb 7 9 in-lb 7 9 in-lb 7 9 in-lb 4V source current 50 m 50 m 50 m 50 m Operating Voltage Range D Input Modules OFF state 0 6 Vdc 0 6 Vdc 0 6 Vdc 0 6 Vdc Transition region 6 18 Vdc 6 18 Vdc 6 18 Vdc 6 18 Vdc ON state Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc 441_ 10 Vac Input Nominal input voltage 10 Vac 10 Vac 10 Vac 10 Vac Operating voltage Vac Vac Vac Vac Number of inputs OFF-state voltage <30 Vac <30 Vac <0 Vac <30 Vac ON-state voltage >80 Vac >80 Vac >70 Vac >80 Vac Nominal input current 15 m 15 m 15 m 15 m Signal delay 1/ cycle 1/ cycle 1/ cycle 1/ cycle Isolation 1500V 1500V 1500V 1500V Terminal screw torque 7 9 in-lb 7 9 in-lb 7 9 in-lb 7 9 in-lb Operating Voltage Range Input Modules OFF state 0 30 Vac 0 30 Vac 0 30 Vac 0 30 Vac Transition region Vac Vac Vac Vac ON state Vac Vac Vac Vac Output Modules Nominal voltage 10 Vac 10 Vac 10 Vac 10 Vac 4 Vdc 4 Vdc 4 Vdc 4 Vdc Number of outputs () 1NO Form 1NO/N Form Note 1 Relates to 441M only. () 1NO Form 1NO/N Form () 1NO Form 1NO/N Form () 1NO Form 1NO/N Form Relay OFF time 3 ms 3 ms 3 ms 3 ms Relay ON time 7 ms 7 ms 7 ms 7 ms Max. current per point 1 5 (300 rated) 5 (300 rated) 5 (300 rated) 5 (300 rated) lectrical life 100,000 cycles 100,000 cycles 100,000 cycles 100,000 cycles Mechanical life 1,000,000 cycles 1,000,000 cycles 1,000,000 cycles 1,000,000 cycles Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-59

61 .1 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series Short ircuit Ratings (North merica S, cul) hanges to UL 508 and N in recent years have brought a focus to control panel safety with regard to short-circuit current ratings (SR). aton s 440 electronic overload relays combined with XT series I and Freedom Series NM contactors provide a wide variety of SR solutions needed for a variety of applications. The SR data in this document reflects the latest information as of pril /XT Standalone Overload Relays (XT, 440) Standard-Fault Short ircuit Data High-Fault Short ircuit Data Maximum Maximum Maximum Fuses (RK5, J, ) Thermal-Magnetic ircuit reakers Overload FL Range Operating Voltage 600V (k) Fuse Size () (RK5) reaker Size () 480V (k) 600V (k) Maximum Fuse Size 480V (k) 600V (k) Maximum reaker Size Vac Vac Vac Vac /175 (480/600) Vac /400 (480/600) Vac Vac (gg) 350 (690 Vac) 30 (415 Vac) NM Freedom Series Starters with 440 lectronic Overload Relays (gg) 100 (415 Vac) 350 (LG3350) 30 (NZMH3) Maximum High-Fault Short ircuit Data Thermal-Magnetic ircuit reakers NM Operating Fuses (RK5, J, ) Maximum Maximum Size Voltage 480V 600V Fuse Size 480V 600V reaker Size V5-T-60 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

62 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series.1 Dimensions pproximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) NM Starters Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starters D D Sizes 00, 0 Sizes 1, Size 3 NM Size D 00, (50.0) 6.60 (167.6) 4.90 (14.5) 6.18 (157.0) 1,.60 (65.0) 7.10 (180.0) 4.98 (16.5).00 (50.8) 6.50 (165.0) (76.) (89.6) 5.9 (150.3) 1.77 (44.9) (74.6) (179.0) (43.0) 7.00 (177.0) 3.70 (94.0) (415.0) (177.8) (45.3) 8.08 (05.) 6.00 (15.4) (406.6) D Size 5 Size 4 D Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-61

63 .1 NM ontactors and Starters Freedom Series pproximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Full Voltage Reversing Starters D Sizes 00, 0 D Size 1 D Size D D Size 3 Size 4 D Size 5 NM Size D 00, (13.0) 7.40 (187.0) 4.90 (15.0) 3.50 (89.0) 6.90 (174.0) (171.0) 7.10 (180.0) 4.98 (16.5) 5.5 (133.0) 5.70 (144.0) 6.70 (171.0) 8.10 (05.0) 4.98 (16.5) 5.5 (133.0) 6.70 (170.0) (05.) (88.3) 6.00 (15.0) 7.00 (177.8) (73.6) (371.0) (433.0) 7.00 (177.0) (343.0) (145.0) (368.3) (45.3) 8.06 (04.8) (34.9) (406.6) V5-T-6 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

64 NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series. NM Space-Savings Family of ontactors and Starters ontactors and Starters Product Description The aton NM Space- Savings line of contactors and starters includes nonreversing and reversing contactors, electronic overload relays and a variety of related accessories. ecause the Space-Savings family meets I, UL, S and standards, it is the perfect product solution for applications all over the world. The compact and easy to install Space-Savings line of NM contactors and starters is the efficient and effective solution for customer applications from Size 0 through Size 5. pplication Description The Space-Savings line of NM power control was engineered to provide highly effective control and protection for a variety of loads, including motors, compressors, pumps, resistive, capacitor banks, isolation and others. The Space-Savings contactors are perfectly suited for use in Motor ontrol enter applications where bucket space sizing is critical. With both and D control and flexible communication options, the Space-Savings family can be easily integrated into various customer applications. ontents Description ontactors and Starters atalog Number Selection Product Selection ccessories Renewal Parts Technical Data and Specifications Dimensions n aton Green Solution Features and enefits control from 10V to 600V 50/60 Hz 4 Vdc control Reversing or non-reversing contactors and starters XTO self-powered electronic overload relay Non-reversing starters to NM Size 5 Panel or DIN rail mounting to NM Size IP0 finger and back-ofhand proof Large ambient temperature range, 5 to 50 [ 13 to 1 F] and D controlled contactors in the same compact frame Low power consumption and D coils uilt-in NO or N auxiliary contacts to 3 Plug-in accessories for reduced installation time oil replacement on NM Size 0 5 ontact replacement on NM Size 1 5 Integrated suppressor NM Size 0 4 D operated contactors and NM Size 5 and D operated contactors Page V5-T-64 V5-T-64 V5-T-66 V5-T-70 V5-T-71 V5-T-93 Standards and ertifications I N approved UL S TX RoHS Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-63

65 . NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series atalog Number Selection Space-Savings NM Starters with XTO lectronic Overload Relays Device Type = Starter = ontactor ontactor Frame Size = = G = K = M = S = Device ssembly onfiguration 1 = Non-reversing 5 = Reversing NM Size Product Selection ontinuous mperes Type N13/53 Space-Savings NM ontactors NM ontactor Standard N = NM OLR Type 3 = Starter w/xto OLR NM nclosure N = Open Non-Reversing and Reversing N 1 3 N For Starters Starter Mounting Option 0 = Horizontal For ontactors Only Starter Mounting Option 10 = 1 normally open 01 = 1 normally closed 11 = 1 normally open, 1 normally closed 00 = No auxiliary contacts = normally open, normally closed Maximum UL Horsepower ontinuous Service Limit Three-Pole Three-Pole NM mpere urrent Rating Single-Phase Three-Phase Non-Reversing 1 Reversing 1 Size Rating (mps) 115V 30V 08V 40V 480V 600V atalog Number atalog Number N13N010_ / 7-1/ N13N010_ N53N011_ / N13GN000_ N53GN011_ N13KN000_ N53KN011_ N13MN000_ N13SN0_ Notes 1 Underscore (_) indicates coils suffix required, see oil Suffix table above. NM Size 5 starter components to be ordered separately: ontactor (N13SN0_), T kit, and 1 5 overload relay. See page V5-T-8 for T kit and overload part numbers. Suffix = = TD = XTO OLR Designation (FVNR and FVR only) 5 = Standard feature set SL Reset, SL lass (10, 10, 0, 30) 5G = Ground fault feature set SL Reset, SL lass (10, 0) oil Suffix Volts and Hertz 10/60 or 110/50 40/60 or 0/50 4 Vdc XTO FL Range (FVNR and FVR only) NM Size 0 1P6 = = = 4 0 NM Size 1 1P6 = = = = 9 45 NM Size 045 = 9 45 NM Size = NM Size 4/4 175 = NM Size = V5-T-64 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

66 NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series. Type N13/53 Space-Savings Starters with XTO lectronic Overload Relays NM Starter Non-Reversing and Reversing Maximum UL Horsepower ontinuous Service Limit Three-Pole Three-Pole NM mpere urrent Rating Single-Phase Three-Phase Non-Reversing 1 Reversing 1 Size Rating (mps) 115V 30V 08V 40V 480V 600V atalog Number 3 atalog Number N13N0_ 5 _ N53N0_ 5 _ / 7-1/ N13N0_ 5 _ N53N0_ 5 _ / N13GN0_ 5 _ N53GN0_ 5 _ N13KN0_ 5 _ N53KN0_ 5 _ N13MN0_ 5 _ N53MN0_ 5 _ Type N13/53 Space-Savings Starters with XTO Ground Fault lectronic Overload Relays NM Starter with Non-Reversing and Reversing Ground Fault Maximum UL Horsepower ontinuous Service Limit Three-Pole Three-Pole NM mpere urrent Rating Single-Phase Three-Phase Non-Reversing 1 Reversing 1 Size Rating (mps) 115V 30V 08V 40V 480V 600V atalog Number 3 atalog Number N13N0_ 5G _ N53N0_ 5G _ / 7-1/ N13N0_ 5G _ N53N0_ 5G _ / N13GN0_ 5G _ N53GN0_ 5G _ N13KN0_ 5G _ N53KN0_ 5G _ N13MN0_5G_ N53MN0_5G_ XTO Overload FL Range (FVNR and FVR Starters Only) Magnet oil Suffix NM Size OLR ode FL Range OLR ode FL Rating oil Voltage Suffix ode 0 1P Sizes V 50 Hz, 10V 60 Hz 1 1P V 50 Hz, 40V 60 Hz Vdc TD Sizes 3, V 50/60 Hz V 50/60 Hz Vdc TD Sizes V 50/60 Hz 4 48 Vdc TD Notes 1 Underscore (_) indicates coils suffix required, see oil Suffix table above. Underscore (_) indicates OLR designation required, see XTO FL Range table above. 3 For M replacement needs, contact M ftermarket. 4 NM Size 5 starter components to be ordered separately: ontactor (N13SN0_), T kit, and 1 5 overload relay. See page V5-T-8 for T kit and overload part numbers. Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-65

67 . NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series ccessories uxiliary ontacts Overview Front-mounted snap-on auxiliary contacts for Space- Savings contactors are available with screw terminals in a variety of contact configurations. uxiliary ontacts Possible ombinations Frame Size atalog Number 0, 1 N13N0_ N13N0_ ontactor uilt-in uxiliary Front (Top) Mount Side-Mount Total uxiliary Two-Pole Four-Pole Single-Pole Two-Pole ontacts vailable 1NO or 1N N13GN0_ , 4 N13KN0_ N13MN0_ N13SN0 NO N 8 V5-T-66 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

68 NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series. uxiliary ontacts XTXF_ XTXF_ XTXS11 NM Size 0, 1 Front (Top) Mount Two-Pole onventional Thermal urrent, Open at 60 I th = I e, -1 in mps ontact onfiguration NM Size 0, 1 Front (Top) Mount Four-Pole NM Size 0, 1 Side-Mount Two-Pole ircuit Symbol Pkg. Qty. 1 Screw Terminal atalog Number 16 NO XTXF0 16 1NO-1N XTXF11 16 N XTXF0 onventional Thermal urrent, Open at 60 I th = I e, -1 in mps ontact onfiguration ircuit Symbol Pkg. Qty. 1 Screw Terminal atalog Number 16 4NO XTXF NO-1N XTXF31 16 NO-N XTXF 16 1NO-3N XTXF N XTXF04 onventional Thermal urrent, Open at 60 I th = I e, -1 in mps ontact onfiguration ircuit Symbol Pkg. Qty. 1 Screw Terminal atalog Number 10 1NO-1N XTXS Notes No auxiliary contacts can be fitted between two contactors. 1 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed. To avoid duplicate terminal numbers in contact sequence, these auxiliary contacts should only be used with contactors having a built-in 1NO contact (XT 10_, XT 10_). 3 an be mounted to the left side of contactor only. annot be used in combination with front (top) mount auxiliary contacts or mechanical interlocks. Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-67

69 . NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series XTXF_ XTXF_ XTXS_ XTXS_ NM Sizes 4 Two-Pole onventional Thermal urrent, Open at 60 I th = I e, -1 in mps NM Sizes 4 Four-Pole ontact onfiguration ircuit Symbol NM Sizes 4, Side Mount (Snap-On) Two-Pole NM Size 5, Side Mount (Screw Mount) Two-Pole Pkg. Qty. 1 Screw Terminal atalog Number 16 NO XTXFG0 16 1NO-1N XTXFG11 16 N XTXFG0 onventional Thermal urrent, Open at 60 I th = I e, -1 in mps ontact onfiguration ircuit Symbol Pkg. Qty. 1 Screw Terminal atalog Number 16 4NO-0N XTXFG NO-1N XTXFG31 16 NO-N XTXFG 16 NO-N XTXFG 16 1NO-3N XTXFG13 onventional Free ir Thermal urrent, I th = I e, -1 in mps ontact onfiguration ircuit Symbol Pkg. Qty. 1 Screw Terminal atalog Number 10 1NO 1N XTXSN11 onventional Free ir Thermal urrent, I th = I e, -1 in mps ontact onfiguration ircuit Symbol Pkg. Qty. 1 Screw Terminal atalog Number 10 1NO 1N XTXSR11 Notes No auxiliary contacts can be fitted between two contactors. 1 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed. For replacement only. XTXSR11 and XTXSLR11 cannot be added onto side mount auxiliaries that come with the Size 5 contactors as standard. To add auxiliaries onto the included side auxiliaries on Size 5 contactors, use XTXSR V5-T-68 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

70 NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series. Suppressors The switching of contactor coils can generate voltage transients that may cause arching on switch contacts and/or damage electronics on the control line. ither an R or varistor suppressor is recommended in these types of applications. ll Space- Savings D contactor coils have built-in suppression. XTXVS_ ontact Sequence 1 XTXRS_ ontact Sequence 1 Notes Varistor Suppressor 1 For Use Voltage with N13N0_ N13N0_ R Suppressor 1 Varistor suppressors clamp the voltage transient above the maximum coil voltage and are recommended when the level of the transient is known to not exceed the coil voltage. R suppressors slow and reduce the level of the voltage transient but do not clamp them at a specific level. The slowing of the transient can reduce electrical interference. These are recommended in applications where operating rates are high. Pkg. Qty. 3 atalog Number 10 XTXVS N13GN0_ 10 XTXVSF Voltage For Use with Pkg. Qty. 3 atalog Number 4 48 N13GN0_ XTXRSFW XTXRSF 1 Note dropout delay. For operated contactors, Hz. Sizes 0 5 D operated contactors and Size 5 operated contactors have a built-in suppressor circuit. 3 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed. 4 In addition to the built-in suppressor circuit for D actuated contactors. Prevents negative breaking voltage when contactors are used in combination with a safety PL. 5 For two contactors with or D operated magnet system which are horizontally or vertically mounted. For Sizes 0 4, mechanical lifespan is.5 x 10 6 operations and the distance between contactors is 0 mm. For Size 5, mechanical lifespan is 5 x 10 6 operations and no auxiliary contact can be mounted between the mechanical interlock and the contactor the distance between contactors is 15 mm. 6 XTXMLG and XTXMLN consist of an interlock element and mounting plate. dditional ccessories Mechanical Interlock 5 XTXML_ XTXMLM XTXRL_ For Use with N13N0_, N13N0_ Reversing Link Kits Main current wiring for reversing combinations. Includes paralleling bridge and reversing bridge. Does not include mechanical interlock, see table on this page. XTXTL400 Terminal Lug ssembly For connection of: round conductor, flexible and stranded, flat strip conductor, with control circuit terminal. See Page V5-T-7 for terminal capacities. XTXTS_ Terminal Shroud Pkg. Qty. 3 atalog Number 1 XTXML N13GN0_ 1 XTXMLD N13KN0_, 1 XTXMLG 6 N13MN0_ N13SN0_ 1 XTXMLM For Use with Pkg. Qty. 3 atalog Number N13N0_, N13N0_ 1 XTXRL N13GN0_ 1 XTXRLD N13KN0_, N13MN0_ 1 XTXRLG For Use with Pkg. Qty. 3 atalog Number N13SN0_ 1 XTXTL400 For Use with Pkg. Qty. 3 atalog Number N13SN0_ 1 XTXTS400 Protection against direct contact with connection lugs when touched vertically from the front. Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-69

71 . NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series Renewal Parts XTRN_ Replacement oils Voltage oil Suffix atalog Number Size 0, 1 110/50 10/60 XTRNOIL 0/50 40/60 XTRNOIL 4 7 Vdc TD XTRNOILTD Replacement ontact Kit For Use with N13GN0_ N13SN0_ Replacement rc hamber atalog Number XTRNONTTD XTRNONTTL Size 110/50 10/60 XTRNOILD 0/50 40/60 XTRNOILD 4 7 Vdc TD XTRNOILDTD Size 3, V 50/60 XTRNOILG V 50/60 XTRNOILG 4 7 Vdc TD XTRNOILGTD Size Vac/Vdc XTRNOILL 4 48 Vdc TD XTRNOILLTD For Use with N13SN0_ atalog Number XTRNR50 V5-T-70 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

72 NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series. Technical Data and Specifications uxiliary ontacts Description N13N0_, N13N0_ XTXF_ XTXFT_ XTXF_ XTXS_ XTXFG_ XTXSLN_ XTXSN_ XTXSN_ XTXSN_ XTXSN_ Interlocked opposing contacts with an auxiliary contact Yes Yes Yes Yes module (to I nnex L) reak contact (not late-break contact) suitable as a mirror N13N0_, N13N0_ N13N0_, N13N0_ N13N0_, N13N0_ N13GN0_ N13GN0_, N13SN0_ contact (to I/N nnex F) Rated impulse withstand voltage, (U imp ) Vac Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 Rated insulation voltage, (U i ) Vac Rated operational voltage, (U e ) Vac Safe isolation to VD 0106 Part 101 and Part 101() in Vac etween coil and auxiliary contacts etween the auxiliary contacts Rated operational current, le V /415V V D-3 L/R <5 ms 1 4V V V V onventional thermal current, Ith ontrol circuit reliability (at U e = 4 Vdc, U min = 17 V, I min = 5.4 m) omponent lifespan, operations x 10 6 at U e = 30V, -15, 3 Short-circuit rating without welding <10-8, <1 failure at 100 million operations Notes 1 Making and breaking conditions to D-13, time L/R contact as stated. See fuses overlay for time/current characteristic (on request). 3 onventional thermal current (I th ) of XTXS_ is 10. <10-8, <1 failure at 100 million operations <10-8, <1 failure at 100 million operations <10-8, <1 failure at 100 million operations Maximum fuse, gg/gl <10-8, <1 failure at 100 million operations Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-71

73 . NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series Parallel Link Description XTXPLK XTXPLK XTXPLKD XTXPLKG XTXPLK185 Terminal capacity Solid (mm ) Flexible with ferrule (mm ) 1 x (0.5 5) x (0.5 16) 1 x (16 35) 1 x (16 10) Stranded (mm ) 1 x (0.5 5) x (0.5 16) able Terminal lock, Flat able Terminal Ratings -1 Operation 1 x (16 50) 1 x (16 10) 1 x (35 300) x (35 10) Flat conductor number of segments x width x thickness (mm) 6 x 9 x 0.8 x (11 x 1 x 1) 1 x (6 x 16 x 0.8) x (0 x 3 x 0.5) x (11 x 1 x 1) Tightening torque (Nm) Tools Pozidriv screwdriver Size Size Hexagon socket head spanner SW (mm) 5 6 onventional thermal current Three-pole (I th ) Four-pole (I th) 60 Description XTXTL400 XTXPLK185 XTXTF650 XTXTF80 Terminal capacity Stranded (mm ) 1 x (10 300) x (70 40) Stranded (WG) 1 x ( kcmil) x (/0 500 kcmil) Flat conductor number of segments x width x thickness (mm) 1 x (6 x 16 x 0.8) x (0 x 3 x 0.5) x (11 x 1 x 1) 1 x (6 x 16 x 0.8) x (0 x 3 x 0.5) x (11 x 1 x 1) 1 x (6 x 16 x 0.8) x (10 x 40 x 1) x (0 x 40 x 0.5) Description N13 N13 N13G N13K N13M N13S onventional free air thermal current, three-pole, Hz Open at 40 (I th ) at 50 (I th ) at 55 (I th) at 60 (I th ) nclosed onventional free air thermal current, single-pole (I th ) Open nclosed V5-T-7 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

74 NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series. Space-Savings ontactors NM Sizes 0 Description General Size 0 N13N010_ Standards I/N 60947, VD 0660, UL, S,, RoHS Weights in kg [lb] Notes 1 Damp heat, constant, to I ; damp heat, cyclic, to I I Standard. Size 1 N13N010_ I/N 60947, VD 0660, UL, S,, RoHS Size N13GN000_ I/N 60947, VD 0660, UL, S,, RoHS operated 0.4 [0.93] 0.4 [0.93] 0.9 [.0] D operated 0.48 [1.06] 0.48 [1.06] 1.1 [.4] Mechanical life operations 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 limatic proofing Insulation voltage (U i ) Vac Impulse withstand voltage (U imp ) Vac Operating voltage (U e) Vac Safe isolation to VD 0106 Part 101 and Part 101/1 etween coil and contacts (Vac) etween contacts (Vac) Making capacity (amps) reaking capacity (amps) 0/30V /400V V /690V Short-circuit protection rating maximum fuse (amps) Type coordination 400V; gg/gl 500V V; gg/gl 690V Type 1 coordination 400V; gg/gl 500V V; gg/gl 690V Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 Protection against direct contact when actuated from front (I 536) Terminal capacity main cable screw terminals Finger and back-of-hand proof Solid (mm ) 1 x ( ) x ( ) Flexible with ferrule (mm ) 1 x ( ) x ( ) Finger and back-of-hand proof 1 x ( ) x ( ) 1 x ( ) x ( ) Finger and back-of-hand proof 1 x ( ) x ( ) 1 x (.5 35) x (.5 5) Stranded (mm ) 1 x 16 1 x 16 1 x (16 50) x (16 35) Solid or stranded (WG) Flat conductor (number of segments x width x thickness) (mm) x (6 x 9 x 0.8) Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-73

75 . NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series Space-Savings ontactors NM Sizes 0, continued Description Size 0 N13N010_ Size 1 N13N010_ Size N13GN000_ General, continued Main cable connection screw/bolt M5 M5 M6 Tightening torque Nm Lb-in Terminal capacity control circuit cable screw terminals Solid (mm ) 1 x (0.75 4) x (0.75 4) Flexible with ferrule (mm ) 1 x (0.75.5) x (0.75.5) 1 x (0.75 4) x (0.75 4) 1 x (0.75.5) x (0.75.5) 1 x (0.75 4) x (0.75 4) 1 x (0.75.5) x (0.75.5) Solid or stranded (WG) ontrol circuit cable connection screw/bolt M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 Tightening torque Nm Lb-in Tools Main and control circuit cable screw terminals Size Size Size Pozidriv screwdriver 0.8 x x x 5.5 Standard screwdriver 1 x 6 1 x 6 1 x 6 Terminal capacity control circuit cable spring cage terminals Solid (mm ) 1 x (0.75.5) x (0.75.5) Flexible (mm ) 1 x (0.75.5) x (0.75.5) Flexible with ferrule (mm ) 1 x (0.75.5) x (0.75.5) 1 x (0.75.5) x (0.75.5) 1 x (0.75.5) x (0.75.5) 1 x (0.75.5) x (0.75.5) 1 x (0.75.5) x (0.75.5) 1 x (0.75.5) x (0.75.5) 1 x (0.75.5) x (0.75.5) Solid or stranded (WG) Tools Main and control circuit cable spring cage terminals Stripping length (mm) Screwdriver blade width (mm) Mounting position, and D operated mbient temperature Open 5 to 60 [ 13 to 140 F] 5 to 60 [ 13 to 140 F] nclosed 5 to 40 5 to 40 [ 13 to 104 F] [ 13 to 104 F] mbient storage temperature 40 to to 80 [ 40 to 176 F] [ 40 to 176 F] nvironmental Mechanical shock resistance (I/N ) Main contact NO ontact uxiliary contact NO ontact uxiliary contact N ontact Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3 III/3 III/ to 60 [ 13 to 140 F] 5 to 40 [ 13 to 104 F] 40 to 80 [ 40 to 176 F] V5-T-74 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

76 NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series. Space-Savings ontactors NM Sizes 3, 4 Description General Notes 1 Damp heat, constant, to I ; damp heat, cyclic, to I I Standard. Size 3 N13KN000_ Standards I/N 60947, VD 0660, UL, S,, RoHS Weights in kg [lb] Size 4 N13MN000_ I/N 60947, VD 0660, UL, S,, RoHS operated [4.41] [4.41] D operated.1 [4.63].1 [4.63] Mechanical life operations 10,000,000 10,000,000 limatic proofing 1 1 Insulation voltage (U i ) Vac Impulse withstand voltage (U imp ) Vac Operational voltage (U e) Vac Safe isolation to VD 0106 Part 101 and Part 101/1 etween coil and contacts (Vac) etween contacts (Vac) Making capacity (amps) reaking capacity (amps) 0/30V /400V V /690V V Short-circuit protection rating maximum fuse Type coordination 400V; gg/gl 500V V; gg/gl 690V 5 50 Type 1 coordination 400V; gg/gl 500V V; gg/gl 690V Degree of protection IP00 IP00 Protection against direct contact when actuated from front (I 536) Finger and back-of-hand proof Finger and back-of-hand proof Terminal capacity main cable screw terminals Solid (mm ) Flexible with ferrule (mm ) 1 x (10 95) x (10 70) Stranded (mm ) 1 x (10 95) x (10 0) Flat conductor (number of segments x width x thickness) (mm) 1 x (10 95) x (10 70) 1 x (10 95) x (10 0) x (6 x 16 x 0.8) x (6 x 16 x 0.8) Solid or stranded (WG) 8 3/0 8 3/0 Main cable connection screw/bolt M10 M10 Tightening torque Nm Lb-in Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-75

77 . NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series Space-Savings ontactors NM Sizes 3, 4, continued Description General, continued Terminal capacity control circuit cable screw terminals Size 3 N13KN000_ Solid (mm ) 1 x (0.75 4) 1 x (0.75 4) Flexible with ferrule (mm ) 1 x (0.75.5) x (0.75.5) Size 4 N13MN000_ 1 x (0.75 4) 1 x (0.75 4) 1 x (0.75.5) x (0.75.5) Solid or stranded (WG) ontrol circuit cable connection screw/bolt M3.5 M3.5 Tightening torque Nm Lb-in Tools Main circuit cable screw terminals Hexagon socket-head spanner (mm) 5 5 ontrol circuit cable screw terminals Size Size Pozidriv screwdriver 0.8 x x 5.5 Standard screwdriver 1 x 6 1 x 6 Terminal capacity control circuit cable spring cage terminals Solid (mm ) 1 x (0.75.5) x (0.75.5) Flexible (mm ) 1 x (0.75.5) x (0.75.5) Flexible with ferrule (mm ) 1 x (0.75.5) x (0.75.5) 1 x (0.75.5) x (0.75.5) 1 x (0.75.5) x (0.75.5) 1 x (0.75.5) x (0.75.5) Solid or stranded (WG) Tools ontrol circuit cable spring cage terminals Stripping length (mm) Screwdriver blade width (mm) Mounting position, and D operated mbient temperature Open 5 to 60 [ 13 to 140 F] nclosed 5 to 40 [ 13 to 104 F] mbient storage temperature 40 to 80 [ 40 to 176 F] nvironmental Mechanical shock resistance (I/N ) Half-sinusoidal shock 10 ms Main contact NO contact 10g 10g uxiliary contact NO contact 7g 7g uxiliary contact N contact 5g 5g Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3 III/ to 60 [ 13 to 140 F] 5 to 40 [ 13 to 104 F] 40 to 80 [ 40 to 176 F] V5-T-76 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

78 NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series. Space-Savings ontactors NM Size 5 Description General Size 5 N13SN0_ Standards I/N 60947, VD 0660, UL, S Weights in kg [lb] 6.5 [14.3] Mechanical life operations 10,000,000 Mechanical operating frequency (ops/hr) operated 3000 D operated 3000 limatic proofing 1 Insulation voltage (U i ) Vac 1000 Impulse withstand voltage (U imp ) Vac 8000 Operating voltage (U e ) Vac 1000 Safe isolation to VD 0106 Part 101 and Part 101/1 etween coil and contacts (Vac) 500 etween contacts (Vac) 500 Making capacity (amps) 3000 reaking capacity (amps) 0/30V /400V V /690V V 760 Short-circuit protection rating maximum fuse Type coordination 400V; gg/gl 500V V; gg/gl 690V V; gg/gl 1000V 160 Type 1 coordination 400V; gg/gl 500V V; gg/gl 690V V; gg/gl 1000V 00 Degree of protection IP00 Protection against direct contact when actuated from front (I 536) Main cable cross-section Flexible with cable lug (mm ) Stranded with cable lug (mm ) Solid or stranded (WG) 1/0 50 kcmil Flat conductor (mm) 3 us bar width in mm 5 Main cable connection screw/bolt M10 Tightening torque Nm 4 Lb-in 13 Finger and back-of-hand proof with terminal shroud or terminal block Description General, continued ontrol circuit cable cross-sections Notes 1 Damp heat, constant, to I ; damp heat, cyclic, to I I Standard. 3 Screw tightening with flat cable terminal or cable terminal blocks. See terminal capacity for cable terminal blocks. 4 When using contactors for group compensation, a minimum inductance of approx. 6 uh per capacitor must be available to limit the high inrush current peaks. This corresponds to an air-cored coil with five windings and a coil diameter of approximately 140 mm. The conductor cross-section must be selected according to the rated current per phase. Size 5 N13SN0_ Solid (mm ) 1 x (0.75.5) x (0.75.5) Flexible with ferrule (mm ) 1 x (0.75.5) x (0.75.5) Solid or stranded (WG) x (18 1) ontrol circuit cable connection screw/bolt M3.5 Tightening torque Nm 1. Lb-in 10.6 Tools Main cable wrench 16 mm ontrol circuit cable pozidriv screwdriver Size Mounting position, and D operated mbient temperature 5 to 60 [ 13 to 140 F] mbient storage temperature 40 to 80 [ 40 to 176 F] nvironmental Mechanical shock Resistance (I/N ) 180 Half-sinusoidal shock 10 ms Main contact NO contact 10g uxiliary contact NO contact 10g uxiliary contact N contact 8g Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3 Switching capacity, kvr 4 Individual compensation 30V 400/40/440V 55V 690V Group compensation, with choke 30V /40/440V V V 340 Group compensation, without choke 30V 400/40/440V 55V 690V Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-77

79 . NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series XTO/XT lectronic Overload Relay XTO/XT lectronic Overload Relay Product Description aton s new electronic overload relay (OL) is the most compact, high-featured, economical product in its class. Designed on a global platform, the new OL covers the entire power control spectrum including NM, I and DP ontactors. The standard NM and DP versions are offered with the 440 designation while the Space-Savings NM and I versions have the XTO designation. The electronic design provides reliable, accurate and value driven protection and communications capabilities in a single compact device. It is the flexible choice for any application requiring easy-touse, reliable protection. aton has a long history of innovations and product development in motor control and protection, including both traditional NM, as well as I control. It was from this experience that the XTO was developed, delivering new solutions to meet today s demands. XTO is a self-powered electronic overload relay available up to 175 as a self contained unit. With external Ts, XTO can protect motor up to 1500 FL. vailable add-on accessories include remote reset capability and communication modules with I/O for DeviceNet, PROFIUS, Modbus, thernet/ip, and Modbus TP. ontents Description XTO/XT lectronic Overload Relay Standards and ertifications atalog Number Selection Product Selection ccessories Technical Data and Specifications Dimensions n aton Green Solution Page V5-T-79 V5-T-80 V5-T-81 V5-T-83 V5-T-85 V5-T-93 Features and enefits Features Reliable, accurate, electronic motor protection asy to select, install and maintain ompact size Flexible, intelligent design Global product offering available with NM, I and DP power control Size/Range User Interface road FL range Large FL selection dial ( ) Trip status indicator Selectable trip class Operating mode LD (10, 10, 0, 30) Direct mounting to NM, I and DP contactors Most compact electronic overload in its class Motor ontrol Two 600 alarm (NO) and fault (N) contacts Test/Trip button Motor Protection Thermal overload Phase loss Selectable (ON/OFF) phase unbalance Selectable (ON/OFF) ground fault DIP switch selectable trip class, phase unbalance and ground fault Selectable uto/manual reset Feature Options Remote reset 10 Vac 4 Vac 4 Vdc Tamper-proof cover ommunications modules Modbus RTU RS-485 DeviceNet with I/O PROFIUS with I/O Modbus RTU with I/O thernet IP with I/O Modbus TP with I/O V5-T-78 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

80 NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series. enefits Reliability and Improved Uptime XTO provides the users with peace of mind knowing that their assets are protected with the highest level of motor protection and communication capability in its class xtends the life of plant assets with selectable motor protection features such as trip class, phase unbalance and ground fault Protects against unnecessary downtime by discovering changes in your system (line/load) with remote monitoring capabilities Status LD provides added assurance that valuable assets are protected by indicating the overload operational status lectronic Overload ducation Flexibility vailable with NM, I and DP contactors Improves return on investment by reducing inventory carrying costs with wide FL adjustment (5:1) and selectable trip class Design incorporates built-in ground fault protection thus eliminating the need for separate Ts and modules Flexible communication with optional I/O enables easy integration into plant management systems for remote monitoring and control vailable as an open component and in enclosed control and motor control center assemblies Monitoring apabilities Individual phase currents RMS verage three-phase current RMS Thermal memory Fault indication (overload, phase loss, phase unbalance, ground fault) Safety IP 0 rated terminal blocks vailable in aton s industry leading FlashGard Ms Tested to the highest industry standards such as UL, S, and I RoHS compliant Standards and ertifications UL S NM I/N VD 0660 ISO (N954-1) RoHS TX directive 94/9/ quipment Group, ategory Description Definition ause ffect if not Protected XTO/XT Protection Motor Protection Thermal overload Overload is a condition in which current draw exceeds 115% of the full load amperage rating for an inductive motor. n increase in the load or torque that is being driven by the motor. Increase in current draw leads to heat and insulation breakdown, which can cause system failure. low voltage supply to the motor causes the current to go high to maintain the power needed. poor power factor causing above normal current draw. Increase in current can increase power consumption and waste valuable energy. Ground fault line to ground fault. current leakage path to ground. n undetected ground fault can burn through multiple insulation windings, ultimately leading to motor failure, not to mention risk to equipment or personnel Unbalanced phases (voltage and current) Phase loss current (single-phasing) Uneven voltage or current between phases in a three-phase system. One of the three-phase voltages is not present. When a three-phase load is powered with a poor quality line, the voltage per phase may be unbalanced. Multiple causes, loose wire, improper wiring, grounded phase, open fuse, etc. Unbalanced voltage causes large unbalanced currents and as a result this can lead to motor stator windings being overloaded, causing excessive heating, reduced motor efficiency and reduced insulation life. Single-phasing can lead to unwanted motor vibrations in addition to the results of unbalanced phases as listed above. Thermal trip behavior is defined by UL, S and I standards. Trip class is settable from 10, 10, 0, 30 Fixed protective setting that takes the starter offline if ground fault current exceeds 50% of the FL dial setting, i.e., if the FL dial is set to 1, the overload relay will trip if the ground current exceeds 6. Fixed protective setting that takes the starter offline if a phase drops below 50% of the other two phases. Fixed protective setting that takes the starter offline if a phase is lost. Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-79

81 . NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series atalog Number Selection XT lectronic Overload Relay NM Space-Savings Designation XT = NM Space-Savings control Type O = lectronic overload relay XT O 1P6 S S Overload Range 1P6 = = =4 0 1P6 = = = =9 45 ontactor Frame = Space-Savings Size 0 = Space-Savings Size =9 45 D = Space-Savings Size 100 = G = Space-Savings Size = G = Space-Savings Size 4 Mounting lank = Direct to contactor P = Pass-through S = Separate mount (Frames and G only) Trip Type S = Selectable lass 10, 10, 0, 30 GS = Ground fault with selectable lass 10, 0 V5-T-80 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

82 NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series. Product Selection XT lectronic Overload Relays XTO for Direct Mount to NM Size 1 XTO for Direct Mount to NM Size 4 XT lectronic Overload Relays for Direct Mount to NM Space-Savings ontactors NM Space-Savings Size For Use with ontactor Overload Range (mps) ontact Sequence XT lectronic Overload Relays with Ground Fault for Direct Mount to NM Space-Savings ontactors Frame Size uxiliary ontact onfiguration atalog Number 0 N13N010_ mm NO-N XTO1P6S 1 5 XTO005S XTO00S 1 N13N010_ mm NO-N XTO1P6S 1 5 XTO005S XTO00S 9 45 XTO045S N13GN000_ mm NO-N XTO045DS mm NO-N XTO100DS 3 N13KN000_ mm NO-N XTO100GS 4 N13MN000_ mm NO-N XTO175GS NM Space-Savings Size For Use with ontactor Overload Range (mps) ontact Sequence Frame Size uxiliary ontact onfiguration atalog Number 0 N13N010_ mm NO-N XTO1P6GS 1 5 XTO005GS XTO00GS 1 N13N010_ mm NO-N XTO1P6GS 1 5 XTO005GS XTO00GS 9 45 XTO045GS N13GN000_ mm NO-N XTO045DGS mm NO-N XTO100DGS N13KN000_ mm NO-N XTO100GGS N13MN000_ mm NO-N XTO175GGS Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-81

83 . NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series 1 5 OL with Ts XT lectronic Overload Relays for use with Size 5 NM Space-Savings ontactors Use Ts and 1-5 XT overload relay. T kit does not include overload relay (order separately). Space-Savings ontactor Size For Use with ontactor T Range (mps) Description T Kit atalog Number Terminal Size Overload Relay atalog Number 1 N13SN0_ : 5 panel-mount T kit with integrated lugs Z-XT kcmil () 50 kcmil 3/0 u/l XTO005SS 45 mm XT for Separate Mount XT lectronic Overload Relays for Separate Mount Z kits are not recommended for use with XTO overload relays with ground fault option. Overload Range (mps) Overload Relay Frame Size ontact Sequence Type Overload Relay atalog Number Overload Relay with Ground Fault atalog Number mm Z3-1,65/KK XTO1P6SS XTO1P6GSS 1 5 Z3-5/KK XTO005SS XTO005GSS Z3-0/KK XTO00SS XTO00GSS 9 45 Z3-45/KK XTO045SS XTO045GSS mm Z /KK XTO100GSS XTO100GGSS mm Z /KK XTO175GSS XTO175GGSS XT lectronic Overload Relay for Pass-Through Design Pass-through design does not include any lugs to land wires. Terminate motor leads directly on contactor. Overload Range (mps) Frame Size ontact Sequence Type Overload Relay atalog Number Overload Relay with Ground Fault atalog Number mm Z /PT XTO175GSP XTO175GGSP V5-T-8 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

84 NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series. ccessories T Kits Safety over Reset ar Remote Reset ccessories ommunication The 440/XTO is provided with two levels of communication capability. asic ommunication via xpansion Module Monitoring Only asic communication on the 440 is accomplished using an expansion module (440-XOM). The expansion module plugs into the expansion bay on the 440 overload relay, enabling communications with the overload via their Modbus RTU (RS-485) network. No additional cards or modules are required. See figure below. asic ommunication Modbus Description Safety over lear Lexan cover that mounts on top of the FL dial and DIP switches when closed. Reset ar ssembles to the top of the overload to provide a larger target area for door mounted reset operators. Remote Reset Remote reset module (4 Vdc) 1 Remote reset module (10 Vac) 1 Remote reset module (4 Vac) 1 dvanced ommunication Monitoring and ontrol 440 also has the ability to communicate on industrial protocols such as Modbus RTU, DeviceNet, PROFIUS, Modbus TP, and thernet/ip while providing control capability using I/O. n expansion module (440- XOM) combined with a communication module allows easy integration onto the customer's network. Seefigurebelow. dvanced ommunication ommunication Module 440 communication modules, wired to the 440-XOM give 440 control capability via communications. The communication modules offer flexible mounting options (DIN rail or panel) along with four inputs (4 Vdc or 10 Vac) and two outputs as standard. Note 1 ustomer can wire remote mounted button to reset module (i.e., mm pushbutton, catalog number M-D--G14-K10). atalog Number Z-XS Z-XR 440-XOM Z-XRR-10 Z-XRR-4 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-83

85 . NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series The following information can be viewed using the communication option: Motor status running, stopped, tripped or resetting Individual rms phase currents (,, ) verage of three-phase rms current Percent thermal capacity Fault codes (only available prior to reset) Percent phase unbalance Ground fault current and percent Overload relay settings trip class, DIP switch selections, reset selections Modbus address (can be set over the network) xpansion Module thernet with I/O Module Features and enefits thernet modules Single device supports both thernet/ip, Modbus TP Internal switch with two thernet ports allows linear or ring network configurations mbedded web-services for easy configuration and monitoring with Internet xplorer DeviceNet I/O assemblies with the same size and layout as the legacy dvantage (WPONIDN) and IT. (DSNP) Starter platforms for seamless upgrades to 441 technology with no program changes ommunication uses only one DeviceNet M ID PROFIUS apable of baud rates up to 1 Mb Intuitive configuration with common PROFIUS tools Modbus Modbus address and baud rate can be changed easily with 441 s user interface (441M only) Terminals Unique locking mechanism provides easy removal of terminal block with field wiring installed Marked terminals for ease of wiring and troubleshooting ommunication ccessories ommunication modules mount on their own to be used as stand-alone network based I/O or be wired to the 440-XOM. Parts are available for purchase individually (see consists of below) or as part of a kit for 440 communications. Description xpansion Module xpansion module (Remote Reset/Modbus RTU, RS-485 ommunication) ommunication Modules DeviceNet communication module kit 10 V I/O (consists of 440-XOM + 441KS) DeviceNet communication module kit 4 Vdc I/O (consists of 440-XOM + 441LS) PROFIUS communication module kit 10 V I/O (consists of 440-XOM + 441SS) PROFIUS communication module kit 4 V I/O (consists of 440-XOM + 441QS) Modbus communication module kit 10 V I/O (consists of 440-XOM + 441NS) Modbus communication module kit 4 Vdc I/O (consists of 440-XOM + 441PS) Modbus TP/thernet IP communication module kit 10 V I/O (consists of 440-XOM + 441U) Modbus TP/thernet IP communication module kit 4 V I/O (consists of 440-XOM + 441V) On-board I/O assemblies Modules offer 4 IN / OUT of network programmable I/O 4 Vdc or 10 Vac signal options Optical isolation protects the I/O and communication circuits from possible damage due to transients and ground loops Inputs feature userdefinable debounce, which limits the effects of transients and electrical noise Outputs feature a userdefinable state for loss of communication: hold last state, ON or OFF atalog Number 440-XOM 440-DN DN DP DP MOD MOD T T-4 V5-T-84 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

86 NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series. Technical Data and Specifications lectronic Overload Relays up to 1500 Specification Description 45 mm 55 mm 110 mm lectrical Ratings Range Range Range Operating voltage (three-phase) and frequency 690 Vac (60/50 Hz) 690 Vac (60/50 Hz) 690 Vac (60/50 Hz) FL Range (NM) (I) Use with ontactors Space-Savings NM Size 0, 1,, 3 4 Trip lass Motor Protection Thermal overload setting 10, 10, 0, 30 Selectable 1.05 x FL: does not trip 1.15 x FL: overload trip 10, 10, 0, 30 Selectable 1.05 x FL: does not trip 1.15 x FL: overload trip 10, 10, 0, 30 Selectable 1.05 x FL: does not trip 1.15 x FL: overload trip Feature Range Range Range Phase loss Fixed threshold 50% Fixed threshold 50% Fixed threshold 50% Phase unbalance (selectable: enable/disable) Fixed threshold 50% Fixed threshold 50% Fixed threshold 50% Ground fault (selectable: enable/disable) 50% of FL dial setting >150% = sec >50% = 1 sec 50% of FL dial setting >150% = sec >50% = 1 sec 50% of FL dial setting >150% = sec >50% = 1 sec Reset Manual/automatic Manual/automatic Manual/automatic Indicators Trip status Orange flag Orange flag Orange flag Mode LD One flash: Overload operating properly Two flashes: urrent is above FL dial setting pending trip One flash: Overload operating properly Two flashes: urrent is above FL dial setting pending trip One flash: Overload operating properly Two flashes: urrent is above FL dial setting pending trip Options Remote reset Yes Yes Yes Reset bar Yes Yes Yes ommunication expansion module Yes Yes Yes ommunication adapter Yes Yes Yes apacity Load terminals Terminal capacity 1 10 WG (4 6 mm ) 6 1 WG (16 50 mm ) 8 4/0 WG (10 95 mm ) 8 6 WG (6 16 mm ) Tightening torque 0 5 lb-in (.3.8 Nm) 5 30 lb-in ( Nm) 14 lb-in (14 Nm) 5 30 lb-in ( Nm) Input, auxiliary contact and remote reset terminals Terminal capacity x (18 1) WG x (18 1) WG x (18 1) WG Tightening torque 7 11 lb-in ( Nm) 7 11 lb-in ( Nm) 7 11 lb-in ( Nm) Voltages Insulation voltage U i (three-phase) 690 Vac 690 Vac 690 Vac Insulation voltage U i (control) 500 Vac 500 Vac 500 Vac Rated impulse withstand voltage 6000 Vac 6000 Vac 6000 Vac Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3 III/3 III/3 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-85

87 . NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series lectronic Overload Relays up to 1500, continued Specification Description 45 mm 55 mm 110 mm uxiliary and ontrol ircuit Ratings onventional thermal continuous current Rated operational current I -15 Make contact (1800 V) 10V V V V reak contact (180 V) 10V V V V I D-13 (L/R F 15 ms1) 0 50V Rated operational current UL 600 Make contact (3600 V) 10V V V V reak contact (360 V) 10V V V V R300 Vdc ratings (8 V) 0 10V V Short-ircuit Rating without Welding Maximum fuse 6 gg/gl 6 gg/gl 6 gg/gl nvironmental Ratings mbient temperature (operating) 13 to 149 F ( 5 to 65 ) 13 to 149 F ( 5 to 65 ) 13 to 149 F ( 5 to 65 ) mbient temperature (storage) 40 to 185 F ( 40 to 85 ) 40 to 185 F ( 40 to 85 ) 40 to 185 F ( 40 to 85 ) Operating humidity UL 991 (H3) 5% to 95% noncondensing 5% to 95% noncondensing 5% to 95% noncondensing ltitude (no derating) NM IS1 000m 000m 000m Shock (I ) 15g any direction 15g any direction 15g any direction Vibration (I ) 3g any direction 3g any direction 3g any direction Pollution degree per I for product ( for pcb) 3 for product ( for pcb) 3 for product ( for pcb) Ingress protection IP0 IP0 IP0 Protection against direct contact when actuated from Finger- and back-of-hand proof Finger- and back-of-hand proof Finger- and back-of-hand proof front (I 536) Mounting position ny ny ny limatic proofing Damp heat, constant to I Damp heat, constant to I Damp heat, constant to I V5-T-86 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

88 NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series. lectronic Overload Relays up to 1500, continued Specification Description 45 mm 55 mm 110 mm lectrical/m Radiated emissions I Table 15 N (ISPIR 11) Group 1, lass, ISM 30 MHz to 1000 MHz 30 MHz to 1000 MHz 30 MHz to 1000 MHz onducted emissions I Table 14 N (ISPIR 11) Group 1; lass ISM SD immunity I (Table 13) Radiated immunity I I onducted immunity I , I Fast transient immunity I (Table 13) I Surge immunity I (Table 13) I a lass MHz to 30 MHz 0.15 MHz to 30 MHz 0.15 MHz to 30 MHz ±8 kv air, ±6 kv contact ±8 kv air, ±6 kv contact ±8 kv air, ±6 kv contact 10 V/m 80 MHz 1000 MHz 3 V/m from 1.4 to.7 GHz 80% amplitude modulated 1 khz sine wave 140 dub (10V rms) 150 khz 100 MHz ±4 kv using direct method with accessory installed in expansion bay ± kv using direct method Three-phase power inputs: ±4 kv line-to-line (DM) ±4 kv line-to-ground (M) With accessory installed in expansion bay: ± kv line-to-line (DM) >1./50 us; kv line-to-earth, 1 kv line-to-line ±4 kv line-to-ground (M) 10 V/m 80 MHz 1000 MHz 3 V/m from 1.4 to.7 GHz 80% amplitude modulated 1 khz sine wave 140 dub (10V rms) 150 khz 100 MHz ±4 kv using direct method with accessory installed in expansion bay ± kv using direct method Three-phase power inputs: ±4 kv line-to-line (DM) ±4 kv line-to-ground (M) With accessory installed in expansion bay: ± kv line-to-line (DM) >1./50 us; kv line-to-earth, 1 kv line-to-line ±4 kv line-to-ground (M) 10 V/m 80 MHz 1000 MHz 3 V/m from 1.4 to.7 GHz 80% amplitude modulated 1 khz sine wave 140 dub (10V rms) 150 khz 100 MHz ±4 kv using direct method with accessory installed in expansion bay ± kv using direct method Three-phase power inputs: ±4 kv line-to-line (DM) ±4 kv line-to-ground (M) With accessory installed in expansion bay: ± kv line-to-line (DM) >1./50 us; kv line-to-earth, 1 kv line-to-line ±4 kv line-to-ground (M) Power freq. magnetic field immunity 30 /m, 50 Hz 30 /m, 50 Hz 30 /m, 50 Hz I , I lectromagnetic field 10 V/m 10 V/m 10 V/m I Table 13, I Distortion I 519 5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max. 5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max. 5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max. lectrostatic discharge (SD) I , N lectrical fast transient (FT) I , N Surge immunity I , N kv contact 8 kv air discharge 4 kv contact 8 kv air discharge 4 kv contact 8 kv air discharge ± kv using direct method ± kv using direct method ± kv using direct method ± kv line-to-ground (M) ± kv line-to-ground (M) ± kv line-to-ground (M) Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-87

89 . NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series ommunication Modules Description Modbus DeviceNet PROFIUS thernet lectrical/m Radiated emissions I Table 15, N (ISPIR 11) Group 1, lass MHz MHz MHz MHz onducted emissions I Table 14, N (ISPIR 11) Group 1, lass SD immunity I (Table 13) Radiated immunity I onducted immunity I Fast transient immunity I (Table 13) I Surge immunity I (Table 13) I lass 3 lectromagnetic field 1 I (Table 13) I nvironmental Ratings Note 1 Relates to 441M only MHz MHz MHz MHz ±8 kv air, ±4 kv contact ±8 kv air, ±4 kv contact ±8 kv air, ±4 kv contact ±8 kv air, ±4 kv contact 10 V/m MHz 80% amplitude modulated 1 khz sine wave 140 duv (10V rms) 150 khz 80 MHz 10 V/m MHz 80% amplitude modulated 1 khz sine wave 140 duv (10V rms) 150 khz 80 MHz ± kv using direct method ± kv supply and control, ±1 kv communication User IO and communication lines 1 : ±1 kv line-to-line (DM) ± kv line-to-ground (M) User IO and communication lines: ±0.5 kv line-to-line (DM) ±1 kv line-to-ground (M) 10 V/m MHz 80% amplitude modulated 1 khz sine wave 140 duv (10V rms) 150 khz 80 MHz ± kv supply and control, ±1 kv communication User IO and communication lines: ±0.5 kv line-to-line (DM) ±1 kv line-to-ground (M) 10 V/m 10 V/m 10 V/m 10 V/m 10 V/m MHz 80% amplitude modulated 1 khz sine wave 140 duv (10V rms) 150 khz 80 MHz ± kv supply and control, ±1 kv communication User IO and communication lines: ±0.5 kv line-to-line (DM) ±1 kv line-to-ground (M) mbient temperature (operating) 4 to 1 F ( 0 to 50 ) 13 to 1 F ( 5 to 50 ) 13 to 1 F ( 5 to 50 ) 13 to 1 F ( 5 to 50 ) mbient temperature (storage) 40 to 185 F ( 40 to 85 ) 40 to 185 F ( 40 to 85 ) 40 to 185 F ( 40 to 85 ) 40 to 185 F ( 40 to 85 ) Operating humidity 5 95% noncondensing 5 95% noncondensing 5 95% noncondensing 5 95% noncondensing ltitude (no derating) 000m 000m 000m 000m Shock (I ) 15G any direction 15G any direction 15G any direction 15G any direction Vibration (I ) 3G any direction 3G any direction 3G any direction 3G any direction Pollution degree per I Degree of protection IP0 IP0 IP0 IP0 Overvoltage category per UL 508 III III III III DeviceNet DeviceNet connections Group, polling, bit strobe, explicit, no UMM Group, polling, bit strobe, explicit, no UMM DeviceNet baud rate 15K, 50K, 500K 15K, 50K, 500K thernet thernet connections Integrated two-port switch with dual RJ45 thernet connections thernet type thernet 10/100 Mbs, utomdx, uto Negotiation PROFIUS PROFIUS connections Group, polling, bit strobe, explicit, no UMM PROFIUS baud rate 9.6K, 19.K, 45.45K, 93.75K, 187.5K, 500K, 1.5M, 3M, 6M, 1M V5-T-88 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

90 NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series. ommunication Modules, continued Description Modbus DeviceNet PROFIUS thernet 441_ 4 Vdc Input Nominal input voltage 4 Vdc 4 Vdc 4 Vdc 4 Vdc Operating voltage Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc Number of inputs Signal delay 5 ms (programmable to 65 sec) 5 ms (programmable to 65 sec) 5 ms (programmable to 65 sec) 5 ms (programmable to 65 sec) OFF-state voltage <6 Vdc <6 Vdc <6 Vdc <6 Vdc ON-state voltage >18 Vdc >18 Vdc >10 Vdc >18 Vdc Nominal input current 5 m 5 m 5 m 5 m Isolation 1500V 1500V 1500V 1500V Terminal screw torque 7 9 in-lb 7 9 in-lb 7 9 in-lb 7 9 in-lb 4V source current 50 m 50 m 50 m 50 m Operating Voltage Range D Input Modules OFF state 0 6 Vdc 0 6 Vdc 0 6 Vdc 0 6 Vdc Transition region 6 18 Vdc 6 18 Vdc 6 18 Vdc 6 18 Vdc ON state Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc 441_ 10 Vac Input Nominal input voltage 10 Vac 10 Vac 10 Vac 10 Vac Operating voltage Vac Vac Vac Vac Number of inputs OFF-state voltage <30 Vac <30 Vac <0 Vac <30 Vac ON-state voltage >80 Vac >80 Vac >70 Vac >80 Vac Nominal input current 15 m 15 m 15 m 15 m Signal delay 1/ cycle 1/ cycle 1/ cycle 1/ cycle Isolation 1500V 1500V 1500V 1500V Terminal screw torque 7 9 in-lb 7 9 in-lb 7 9 in-lb 7 9 in-lb Operating Voltage Range Input Modules OFF state 0 30 Vac 0 30 Vac 0 30 Vac 0 30 Vac Transition region Vac Vac Vac Vac ON state Vac Vac Vac Vac Output Modules Nominal voltage 10 Vac 10 Vac 10 Vac 10 Vac 4 Vdc 4 Vdc 4 Vdc 4 Vdc Number of outputs () 1NO Form 1NO/N Form Note 1 Relates to 441M only. () 1NO Form 1NO/N Form () 1NO Form 1NO/N Form () 1NO Form 1NO/N Form Relay OFF time 3 ms 3 ms 3 ms 3 ms Relay ON time 7 ms 7 ms 7 ms 7 ms Max. current per point 1 5 (300 rated) 5 (300 rated) 5 (300 rated) 5 (300 rated) lectrical life 100,000 cycles 100,000 cycles 100,000 cycles 100,000 cycles Mechanical life 1,000,000 cycles 1,000,000 cycles 1,000,000 cycles 1,000,000 cycles Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-89

91 . NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series Short ircuit Ratings (North merica S, cul) hanges to UL 508 and N in recent years have brought a focus to control panel safety with regard to short-circuit current ratings (SR). aton s XTO electronic overload relays combined with XT Series I, Freedom Series NM and XT NM contactors provide a wide variety of SR solutions needed for a variety of applications. The SR data in this document reflects the latest information as of pril 010. XTO Standalone Overload Relays (XTO) Standard-Fault Short ircuit Data High-Fault Short ircuit Data Maximum Maximum Maximum Fuses (RK5, J, ) Thermal-Magnetic ircuit reakers Overload FL Range Operating Voltage 600V (k) Fuse Size () (RK5) reaker Size () 480V (k) 600V (k) Maximum Fuse Size 480V (k) 600V (k) Maximum reaker Size Vac Vac Vac Vac /175 (480/600) Vac /400 (480/600) Vac Vac (gg) 350 (690 Vac) 30 (415 Vac) NM Space-Savings Starters with XTO lectronic Overload Relays ontactor Frame Size High-Fault Short ircuit Data Fuses (RK5, J, ) Overload FL Range 480V 600V (gg) 100 (415 Vac) 350 (LG3350) 30 (NZMH3) Thermal-Magnetic ircuit reakers Maximum Fuse Size 480V 600V Maximum reaker Size D F G (480 Vac) 350 (600 Vac) H V5-T-90 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

92 NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series. oil Data Frames,, G Description N13_ NM Size 0 N13_ NM Size 1 N13G_ NM Size Voltage Tolerance Pickup (x U c ) operated D operated Dropout (x U c ) operated D operated Power onsumption of the oil at old State and 1.0 x U c operated Single-voltage coil 50 Hz Pickup V Pickup W Sealing V Sealing W Single-voltage coil 60 Hz Pickup V Pickup W Sealing V Sealing W /60 Hz Pickup V 6 58 Pickup W Sealing V Sealing W.5 D operated Pickup W 1 at 4V 1 at 4V 4 at 4V Sealing W 0.5 at 4V 0.5 at 4V 0.5 at 4V Duty factor (%DF) Switching Time at 100% U c (pproximate Values) Main contact operated losing delay (ms) < < <18 Opening delay (ms) <14 <14 <13 D operated losing delay (ms) <47 <47 <54 Opening delay (ms) <30 <30 <4 rcing time (ms) lectromagnetic ompatibility (M) mitted interference To N To N To N Noise immunity To N To N To N Note 1 oil Suffix TD: U min 4 Vdc/U max 7 Vdc. oil Suffix WD: U min 48 Vdc/U max 60 Vdc. oil Suffix D: U min 110 Vdc/U max 130 Vdc. oil Suffix D: U min 00 Vdc/U max 40 Vdc. xample: U c = 0.7 x U min 1. x U max U c = 0.7 x 4V 1. x 7 Vdc Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-91

93 . NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series oil Data Frames K M Description N13K_ NM Size 3 N13M_ NM Size 4 Voltage Tolerance Pickup (x U c ) operated D operated Dropout (x U c ) operated D operated Power onsumption of the oil at old State and 1.0 x U c operated Single-voltage coil 50 Hz Pickup V Pickup W Sealing V Sealing W.1.1 Single-voltage coil 60 Hz Pickup V Pickup W Sealing V Sealing W /60 Hz Pickup V Pickup W Sealing V Sealing W.1.1 D operated Pickup W 149 at 4V 149 at 4V Sealing W.1 at 4V.1 at 4V Duty factor (%DF) Switching Time at 100% U c (pproximate Values) Main contact operated losing delay (ms) <33 <33 Opening delay (ms) <41 <41 D operated losing delay (ms) <35 <35 Opening delay (ms) <30 <30 rcing time (ms) Permissible residual current with actuation of <1 <1 1 by the electronics (with 0 signal) (m) lectromagnetic ompatibility (M) mitted interference To N To N Noise immunity To N To N oil Data Frame S N13S_ Description NM Size 5 Voltage Tolerance Pickup (x U c ) 0.7 x Ucmin 1.15 x Ucmax Dropout (x U c ) 0. x Ucmin 0.6 x Ucmax Power onsumption of the oil at old State and 1.0 x U c XT185L XT0R Pickup V 380 Pickup W 50 Sealing V 4.3 Sealing W 3.3 Switching Time at 100% Main ontact U c (pproximate Values) XT185L XT0R losing delay (ms) <80 Opening delay (ms) <110 Reaction in Threshold and Sealing State Transition Range Voltage interruptions (0 0. x U cmin ) <10 ms Time is bridged successfully (0 0. x U cmin ) >10 ms Dropout of the contactor Voltage dips ( x U cmin ) <1 ms Time is bridged successfully ( x U cmin ) >1 ms Dropout of the contactor ( x U cmin ) ontactor remains switched on xcess voltage ( x U cmax ) ontactor remains switched on (>1.3 x U cmax ) <3s ontactor remains switched on (>1.3 x U cmax ) >3s Dropout of the contactor Pickup phase (0 0.7 x U cmin ) ontactor does not switch on (0.7 x U cmin 1.15 x U cmax ) ontactor switches on with certainty (>1.15 x U cmax ) ontactor switches on with certainty Notes 1 t 4V: without additional auxiliary contact modules and ambient temperature +40 [104 F]. ontrol transformer with U k <6%. V5-T-9 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

94 NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series. urrent Heat Loss (Three-Pole) in Watts Description N13N0_ N13N0_ N13GN0_ N13KN0_ N13MN0_ urrent heat loss (three-pole) in watts at I th at I e to -3/400V Impedance per pole, megohms Dimensions pproximate Dimensions in mm [in] ontactors Type N13 NM Size 0 and [0.5] 11.6 [0.46] 4.5 [0.17] Type N13 NM Size 34.4 [1.35] 55 [.17] 45 [1.77] 38 [1.50] 60.4 [.38] 4.8 [0.19] 17.7 [0.70] 10.6 [0.4] 11.6 [0.46] 71 [.80] [4.09] [.4] 86.4 [3.40] 85 [3.46] 4.5 [0.17] 6.5 [0.6] 97.4 [3.83] [5.46] Note: Sideways distance to grounded parts: 6 mm [0.39 in] 4.7 [0.19] 6.9 [0.7] [4.48] 13.1 [5.0] [5.78] 75 [.95] 105 [4.13] x M4 Dia. 35 [1.38] 4 x M4 Dia. 45 [1.77] Note: Sideways distance to grounded parts: 6 mm [0.39 in] Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-93

95 . NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series pproximate Dimensions in mm [in] Type N13 NM Size 3 and 4 4 x M6 Dia. 57 [.4] 76.5 [3.01] 170 [6.69] 156 [6.14] 156 [6.14] 90 [3.54] 111 [4.37] 8.5 [3.5] 85.5 [3.37] 14 [5.59] 160 [6.30] 70 [.79] Note: Sideways distance to grounded parts: 10 mm [0.39 in] Type N13 NM Size [6.30] 140 [5.51] 11 [0.43] Dia. M6 Dia. 189 [7.44] [6.46] [7.09] 160 [6.30] 0 [0.79] 48 [1.89] 5 [0.0] 140 [5.51] 08 [8.19] 8 [0.31] 10 [4.7] V5-T-94 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

96 NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series. pproximate Dimensions in mm [in] XT Starters with XTO Overload Relay Type N13 NM Size 0 and 1 Type N13 NM Size [6.30] [5.50] 98.0 [3.80] 10.7 [4.04] [4.35] Type N13 NM Size 5.0 [0.0] 13.6 [8.41] 5.0 [0.0] [4.13] Mtg [1.5] To Reset Mounting Holes for M4 or #8 Screws ( places) Nm [ 6 lb-in] 10.6 [0.4] Reset 45.0 [1.77] Mtg [.17] Mtg. Holes for (4) #8 Screws or M4 Screws [6.9] To Reset [5.75] 45.0 [1.77] 35.0 [1.38] 75.0 [.95] [4.6] 136. [5.36] To Reset 18. [0.71] Trip/Test 7.8 [0.31] 91.1 [11.46].3 [8.75] To Reset Mtg. Holes for () M4 or #8 Screws Type N13 NM Size [.76] 5.0 [0.0] 89.0 [3.50] [4.40] 90.0 [3.54] Mtg [.76] 77.0 [3.00] Mtg. Holes for (4) M6 or #10 Screws [6.14] Mtg [6.59] Mtg [4.7] Mtg. 41. [1.6] Mtg [.0] M6 [#10] Screws Terminal Torque: [6.14] 14 Nm [14 lb-in] 1.3 [0.84] 15.0 [6.00] 18. [0.71] Trip/Test 10.6 [0.4] Reset 36.0 [1.4] [4.30] [6.89] [6.30] [6.18] [6.30] 13.4 [5.1] To Reset 140. [5.5] [13.6] Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-95

97 . NM ontactors and Starters Space-Savings Series pproximate Dimensions in mm [in] Reversing ontactors Type N53 Size 0, 1 and Size 0 and 1 Size W H D W H D 90 [3.54] W 85 [3.34] 138 [5.43] Type N53 Size 3 and 4 H 110 [4.33] 115 [4.53] 99 [11.77] D [5.78] 314 [1.36] 176 [6.93] M6 196 [7.7] 183 [7.0] V5-T-96 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

98 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series.3 ontactors Non-Reversing and Reversing ontactors Non-Reversing and Reversing Product Description lass 01 ontactors, Sizes 00 4; Three-Phase, 1-1/ 100 hp 01 Magnetic ontactors from aton s lectrical Sector are 600V rated devices available in NM Sizes 00 4, 10 through 150 (open rating). Product features include: Straight-through wiring to line and load terminals located up front for ease of installation Moving and stationary contacts are front accessible, simplifying inspection and maintenance Reliable U-shaped magnet for reduced power consumption oil design reduces inventory/maintenance expenses. For a given voltage, one size coil fits all contactors Sizes 00, and a second coil fits threepole Model J Sizes 3 and 4. Model K coils are different design 01 contactors have normally open holding circuit interlocks which are supplied as standard. Panel layout and drilling are simplified through the use of common backplates, one for Sizes 00 and one for Sizes 3 4. In addition, panel space is reduced dramatically through the use of unique corner cavities for mounting the wide variety of modifications shown on Page V5-T-116. For reversing applications, two contactors are supplied on a common base with electrical and mechanical interlocks which prevent both contactors from being closed at the same time. lass 01 ontactors, Sizes 5 9; Three-Phase, Over 100 hp These magnetic contactors utilize clapper design and feature straightthrough wiring. ontacts are silver alloy for longer life. The contacts close with optimum wiping action which serves to keep the contacting surfaces clean. De-ion arc quenchers draw the arc away from the contacts at opening, which reduces burning and pitting and increases contact life. ll of the contactors are complete with one unwired, normally-open (NO) auxiliary contact mounted and have ontents Description 00 Series ontactors Non-Reversing and Reversing Starters Non-Reversing and Reversing Relays Thermal and Fast Trip Thermal Type, lass 0, Manual Reset..... Thermal Type, lass 0, uto/manual Reset Type FT Fast Trip, lass Heater Selection Relays urrent Sensing Protective accommodations for additional auxiliary contacts. No control circuit wiring or terminal markings are included. Size 5, 300, 600V, Open Size 6, 600, 600V, Open lass 01 Size 5 and 6 contactors are front clapper design, operated with the armature pivoting on dual needle bearings which assure accurate contact alignment. The contactor base is molded of a high impact, nontracking, non-hygroscopic glass polyester material permitting front mounting and wiring on a steel panel. Floating magnet assures quiet operation. Size 5 and 6 contactors must be mounted with the line terminals directly above the load terminals. Multi-voltage coil ratings allow selection of the voltage which closely matches the actual system voltage to assure optimum contactor operation. ach contactor accommodates two Type J11 auxiliary contacts, providing up to four auxiliary circuits, normally-open or normallyclosed (NO and N). Page V5-T-103 V5-T-14 V5-T-16 V5-T-19 V5-T-13 V5-T-135 V5-T Size 5 and 6 contactors and starters are UL recognized when supplied without terminals. When supplied with terminals, the devices are UL listed. Two special configurations of the lass 01 Size 5 and 6 contactors are available: Latched Design This is a mechanically held, electrically released device. It is applied where the contactor must remain closed during extreme voltage fluctuations or power failure. It is also suitable for applications requiring quiet operation since the operating coil is de-energized when the contactor is closed. The latch assembly consists of a mechanical latch mechanism, electrically operated trip solenoid and a clearing contact D Operated This device is D operated. It is used where low dropout voltage or exceptionally quiet operation is desired. The D assembly consists of a D operating coil, integrally mounted rectifier and shorting contact Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-97

99 .3 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series Size 7, 900, 600V, Open Size 8, 1350, 600V, Open Size 9, 500, 600V, Open lass 01 Size 7 and 8 contactors are D operated side clapper design with the shaft mounted on dual needle bearings to ensure positive contact alignment and long contact life. steel panel base permits mounting on angle or channel without additional support, for versatile low cost installation. ach stationary contact assembly is mounted on an individual molded insulator. ach pair of contacts is surrounded by a De-ion grid type arc quencher for rapid and confined arc interruption and long contact life. The shunt for each pole is made of flexible, braided copper cable for freedom of movement and long life. The rugged D operating coils are designed to operate at high temperature and insulated to meet lass H service. n integrally mounted avalanche type silicon rectifier supplies D coil voltage from the control circuit. Sizes 7 and 8 accommodate three Type L-63 auxiliary contacts which are easily converted from normallyopen to normally-closed, providing auxiliary circuit flexibility. Size 9 uses L-64 auxiliary contacts with a total of four circuits. 01 Size 7, 8 and 9 contactors and starters are UL recognized when supplied without terminals. When supplied with terminals, the devices are UL listed. pplication Description Magnetic contactors are used to switch transformers and capacitors and to control electrical power circuits such as heating, lighting and motors that require no overload protection, or where overload protection is separately provided. They can be operated remotely by manual or automatic pilot devices. Standards and ertifications 01 contactors are UL listed components and also have S certification. Instructional Leaflets Sizes 00 1 Magnetic ontactor, Non-reversing or Reversing Size Magnetic ontactor, Non-reversing or Reversing 1338G Size 3 Magnetic ontactor, Non-reversing or Reversing Size 4 Magnetic ontactor, Non-reversing or Reversing 17049D Size 5 Magnetic ontactor, Non-reversing or Reversing Size 6 Magnetic ontactor, Non-reversing or Reversing Sizes 7 8 Magnetic ontactor, Non-reversing or Reversing Size 9 Magnetic ontactor, Non-reversing or Reversing V5-T-98 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

100 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series.3 Product Selection Non-Reversing, Sizes 00 9 When Ordering Specify Order by catalog number from the table below, plus suffix for coil voltages, verifying usage of appropriate sizes. 01 Size 1 ontactor Front onnected ontactors Max. UL Horsepower Two Poles Open Three Poles Open Four Poles Open Five Poles Open Single-Phase Three-Phase atalog atalog atalog atalog Size mps 115V 30V 08V 40V 480V 600V Number Number Number Number Sizes / / 1-1/ 01K_ 01K_ 01KD_ 01K_ K0_ 01K0_ 01K0D_ 01K0_ / 7-1/ K1_ 01K1_ 01K1D_ 01K1_ / K_ 01K_ 01KD_ 01K_ K3_ 01K3_ 01K3D_ 01K3_ K4_ 01K4_ 01K4D_ 01K4_ K5_ 01K5_ K6_ 01K6_ Sizes K7_ 01K7_ K8_ 01K8_ K9_ 01K9_Z1 3 Rear onnected ontactors 10V Rectified oil/open Only Size atalog Number 7 01K7JZ1Z4 8 01K8JZ1Z4 9 01K9JZ1Z4 oil Suffix oil Volts and Hz ode Suffix Sizes /60 or 110/ /60 40/60 W Sizes 7, 8 and 9 480/60 X 600/ /50 or 60 J 0 40/50 or 60 K /50 or 60 U 600/60 Notes 1 Sizes 7 9 use rectifier with D coil. For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 10V. 3 Supplied without terminal lugs. Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-99

101 .3 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series Reversing, Sizes 00 9 When Ordering Specify Order by catalog number from the table below, plus suffix for coil voltages, verifying usage of appropriate sizes. Size 1 Horizontal Reversing ontactor lass 11 Horizontally Mounted and lass 51 Vertically Mounted Reversing ontactors Single-Phase Three-Phase atalog atalog Size mps 115V 30V 08V 40V 480V 600V Number Number Sizes K0_ 51K0_ / 7-1/ K1_ 51K1_ / K_ 51K_ K3_ 51K3_ K4_ 51K4_ K5_ 51K5_ K6_ 51K6_ Sizes K7_ K8_ K9_ oil Suffix oil Volts and Hz ode Suffix Sizes /60 or 110/ /60 40/60 W 480/60 X 600/60 Sizes 7, 8 and /50 or 60 J 0 40/50 or 60 K /50 or 60 U 600/60 Notes 1 Sizes 7 9 use rectifier with D coil. For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 10V. Max. UL Horsepower Horizontal Design Vertical Design V5-T-100 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

102 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series.3 Dimensions pproximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Non-Reversing Open ontactors Figure Sizes F G 0.0 (5.1) 4 Mounting Slots Figure Size (3.0) 0. (5.6) Dia. Hole D 0.38 x 0.5 (9.7 x 1.7) Mounting Slots H G D Figure Size (3.0) 0.38 x 0.5 (9.7 x 1.7) Mounting Slots 0.38 (9.7) Dia. Open nd Mounting Slot ( Places) Figure D Sizes 7 9 H G D 4 Holes for 0.38 (9.7) Dia. Mounting Hardware Dimensions and Shipping Weights NM No. of Mounting Screws Weight, Size Poles Fig. No. Size D F G H Lbs (kg) 00, 0, # (84.1) 4.38 (111.3) 4.61 (117.1) 3.95 (100.3) 1.50 (38.1) 1.66 (4.) 0.45 (11.5).6 (1.) 5 3 # (106.4) 4.38 (111.3) 4.61 (117.1) 3.95 (100.3) 1.50 (38.1).09 (53.1) 0.45 (11.5) 3. (1.5), 3 3 # (84.1) 4.38 (111.3) 4.94 (15.5) 3.95 (100.3) 1.50 (38.1) 1.66 (4.) 0.45 (11.5) 3.3 (1.5) 4, 5 3 # (18.5) 4.38 (111.3) 4.94 (15.5) 3.95 (100.3) 1.50 (38.1).53 (64.3) 0.45 (11.5) 4.5 (.0) 3, 4, 3 3 1/4 in (117.6) 6.63 (168.4) 6.75 (171.5) 6.00 (15.4) 1.88 (47.8).31 (58.7) 0.38 (9.7) 9.3 (4.) 4, 5 3 1/4 in. 7.5 (184.) 6.63 (168.4) 6.75 (171.5) 6.00 (15.4) 1.88 (47.8) 3.63 (9.) 0.38 (9.7) 13.0 (5.9) 5, 3 4 3/8 in. 7. (183.4) 1.00 (304.8) 7.75 (196.9) (79.4).75 (69.9) 0.59 (15.0). (56.4) 5.0 (11.4) 6, 3 4 3/8 in. 7. (183.4) (34.9) 9.50 (51.3) (79.4).75 (69.9) 0.59 (15.0). (56.4) 4.0 (19.1) 7 3 D 4 3/8 in (596.9) (473.) (79.4) 1.00 (304.8).00 (558.8) 5.63 (143.0) 0.75 (19.1) 15.0 (97.6) 8 3 D 4 3/8 in (596.9) 19.5 (489.0) (79.4) 1.00 (304.8).00 (558.8) 5.63 (143.0) 0.75 (19.1) 65.0 (10.3) 9 3 D 4 1/ in (838.) 9.75 (755.7) 1.94 (38.7) 8.00 (03.) (781.1) (368.3) 1.63 (41.4) (143.0) H G D Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-101

103 .3 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series pproximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Reversing Open ontactors Figure Sizes 00 4 Horizontal F Figure Sizes 5, 6 Horizontal Figure Sizes 00 4 Vertical Figure D Sizes 5, 6 Vertical Figure Sizes 7 9 Vertical H 0.0 (5.1) Dia. 3 Mtg. Holes Dimensions and Shipping Weights G D 0.0 (5.1) Dia. 3 Mounting Slots F G D F H NM No. of Mounting Screws Weight, Size Poles Fig. No. Size D F G H Lbs (kg) 00, 0, 1 3 x 3 H. 3 # (181.1) 4.45 (113.0) 5.05 (18.3) 3.95 (100.3) 5.31 (134.9) 3.56 (90.4) 0.5 (6.4) 7.8 (3.5) 3 x 3 V. 3 # (84.6) 9.61 (44.1) 5.05 (18.3) 9.08 (30.6).16 (54.9) 0.75 (19.1) 0.5 (6.4) 4.5 (114.8) 8.9 (4.0) 3 x 3 H. 3 # (181.1) 4.45 (113.0) 5.38 (136.7) 3.95 (100.3) 5.31 (134.9) 3.56 (90.4) 0.5 (6.4) 9.1 (4.1) 3 x 3 V. 3 # (84.6) 9.61 (44.1) 5.38 (136.7) 9.08 (30.6).16 (54.9) 0.75 (19.1) 0.5 (6.4) 4.5 (114.8) 10.0 (4.5) 3, 4 3 x 3 H. 3 1/4 in (47.7) 6.88 (174.8) 7.5 (184.) 6.00 (15.4) 7.00 (177.8) 4.88 (14.0) 0.44 (11.) 4.0 (10.9) 3 x 3 V. 3 1/4 in (117.6) (40.6) 7.5 (184.) (398.5).75 (69.9) 0.94 (3.9) 0.44 (11.) 7.78 (197.6) 5.0 (11.4) 5 3 x 3 H. 8 3/8 in. 17. (437.4) 1.00 (304.8) 7.75 (196.9) (79.4).75 (69.9) ( (15.0) 1.38 (35.1) 55.0 (5.0) 3 x 3 V. D 8 3/8 in. 8.5 (09.6) (76.0) 7.75 (196.9) (457.8).75 (69.9) 1.38 (35.1) 55.0 (5.0) 6 3 x 3 H. 8 3/8 in. 17. (437.4) (34.9) 8.75 (.3) (79.4).75 (69.9) (54.0) 0.59 (15.0) 1.38 (35.1) 90.0 (40.9) 3 x 3 V. D 8 3/8 in. 8.5 (09.6) (1054.1) 8.75 (.3) 8.00 (711.).75 (69.9) 1.38 (35.1) 90.0 (40.9) 7 3 x 3 V. 8 3/8 in (596.9) (981.) (79.4) 0.00 (508.0).00 (558.8) 5.63 (143.0) 0.75 (19.1) (04.3) 8 3 x 3 V. 8 3/8 in (596.9) 39.5 (997.0) (79.4) 0.00 (508.0).00 (558.8) 5.63 (143.0) 0.75 (19.1) (49.7) 9 3 x 3 V. 8 1/ in (838.) 6.75 (1593.9) 1.94 (38.7) (838.) (781.1) (368.3) 1.63 (41.4) (95.1) H D 0.53 (13.5) Dia. 3 Holes G D H G D V5-T-10 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

104 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series.3 Starters Non-Reversing and Reversing Starters Non-Reversing and Reversing Product Description NM Sizes 00 4; Three-Phase, 1-1/ 100 hp These Starters from aton s lectrical Sector use lass 01 contactors as described on Page V5-T-97. ontactor features are enhanced through the ability to provide positive motor protection in the form of several types of overload relays. See Pages V5-T-14 to V5-T-136. Type Overload Relay, Manual Reset Only Supplied as standard on lass 00 and 900 starters (two-speed). The bi-metallic overload relay offers ambient compensation and trip-to-test feature (relay contact status check) as standard. In addition, an isolated normallyopen contact is available in kit form for customer mounting. Type overload relays are manual reset only. Type Overload Relay, Manual or utomatic Reset This is an optional overload relay, offering the capability of field conversion to automatic reset. It is available as an ambient compensated or non-compensated type. Non-Reversing Starters Non-reversing starters are supplied as open devices. ll starters are supplied with a normally-open holding circuit interlock. ontents Description ontactors Non-Reversing and Reversing Starters Non-Reversing and Reversing pplication Description Features and enefits Standards and ertifications Instructional Leaflets Product Selection ccessories Renewal Parts Modifications Technical Data and Specifications Mechanical haracteristics Dimensions Relays Thermal and Fast Trip Thermal Type, lass 0, Manual Reset Thermal Type, lass 0, uto/manual Reset... Type FT Fast Trip, lass Heater Selection Relays urrent Sensing Protective Reversing Starters For reversing applications (lass 10), a starter and a contactor electrically and mechanically interlocked are supplied on a common baseplate. Reversing starters are used to start, stop and reverse squirrel cage motors and for primary control of reversing woundrotor motors. For plugging or inching, when operations exceed five times per minute, decreased horsepower ratings in accordance with NM Standard IS -31 are recommended. Page V5-T-97 V5-T-104 V5-T-104 V5-T-104 V5-T-104 V5-T-105 V5-T-108 V5-T-111 V5-T-116 V5-T-117 V5-T-119 V5-T-11 V5-T-14 V5-T-16 V5-T-19 V5-T-13 V5-T-135 V5-T-137 Two-Speed Starters, 900s For across-the-line starting of two-speed constant hp, constant torque and variable torque squirrel cage motors, two-speed starters (lass 900) are available. These starters consist of two starters, one for each motor speed, mechanically and electrically interlocked and wired for manual speed selection by means of pushbuttons. uxiliary relays may be added to provide automatic acceleration or deceleration. Starters for two-speed, two independent winding motors consist of two-, three- or fourpole starters electrically and mechanically interlocked. Starters for two-speed, single reconnectable winding motors consist of one threepole and one five-pole starter mechanically and electrically interlocked. Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-103

105 .3 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series NM Sizes 5 9; Three-Phase 75 to 1600 hp Non-reversing (lass 00), and reversing (lasses 10, 50) full voltage starters are used for across-the-line starting of squirrel cage induction motors. They are used with motors rated above 50 hp at 30V, and above 100 hp at 460 through 600V. Sizes 5 and 6 starters use lass 01 contactors as described on Page V5-T-97. In addition to standard motor starters, special application devices are available: Sizes 5 and 6 starters with integrally rectified to D coils for applications where low voltage problems are prevalent are available. Front Removable Parts ll operating parts can be removed quickly and easily from the front. Straightthrough wiring and conveniently located connection points for external wires and cables minimize installation time. Type lock Type Thermal Overload Relay Dependable overload protection is assured by these snap-action, manual reset relays. utomatic reset Type relays are available as an option. Types of Starters lass 00, Sizes 5 and 6 Non-reversing starters contain an magneticallyoperated Size 5 or Size 6 line contactor and block Type three-pole overload relay, along with three current transformers. control relay whose contacts handle the coil current of the starter is provided with Size 6 starters. lass 00, Sizes 7, 8 and 9 Non-reversing starters contain a D operated line contactor, D power supply, block Type three-pole overload relay with three current transformers and a control relay. lass 960/970/980 Multi-Speed Starters: Refer to Page V5-T-107. pplication Description Magnetic starters are used for full-voltage, across-theline starting and stopping of squirrel cage motors. They can be operated locally or remotely by manual or automatic pilot devices. Features and enefits Sizes 00 4 Straight-Through Wiring, Up-Front, Out-Front Terminals for ease in installation Unique ccessory Mounting avities reduce panel space requirements Snap-in ccessories for application flexibility Vertical and Horizontal Interlocking capability increases application flexibility mbient ompensated Overload Relays available as standard, offering superior motor protection in variable motor/controller environments Isolated Normally Open Relay ontact available in kit mounting form on Type Overload Relay Sizes 5 9 Rectified /D oils available to reduce premature drop-out or kiss problems due to inherent low voltage conditions lapper Design armature assembly pivots on needle bearings resulting in quick, smooth opening and closing of the magnet Stainless Steel Kick-Out Spring assures quick, positive drop-out time Front Removable Parts all current carrying parts front removable for easy inspection and maintenance Standards and ertifications lass 00 starters are UL listed and recognized and also carry S certification. Instructional Leaflets Sizes 00 1, 3-Pole Motor ontroller Sizes 00 1, -Pole, Single-Phase Motor ontroller Size, 3-Pole Motor ontroller Size, -Pole, Single-Phase Motor ontroller Sizes 3 and 4J Motor ontroller Size 4, Model K Motor ontroller Size 5 Motor ontroller Size 6 Motor ontroller V5-T-104 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

106 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series.3 Product Selection Non-Reversing, Sizes 00 9 When Ordering Specify Order by catalog number from the tables to the right, plus suffix for coil voltages, verifying usage of appropriate sizes. Size 3 Starter Non-Reversing Starters oil Suffix Notes Heaters nter heaters as separate item by listing catalog number from the tables on Pages V5-T-135 and V5-T-136, as required per starter. Max. UL Horsepower Single-Phase Three-Phase Open Size mperes 115V 30V 08V 40V 480V 600V atalog Number 1 Two-Poles Sizes /3 1-1/ 1-1/ 00MR M0R / 7-1/ M1R 1-1/ MDR MR Three Poles Sizes /3 1-1/ 1-1/ 00M_ M0_ / 7-1/ M1_ M_ M3_ M4_ M5_ M6_ Three Poles Sizes M7_ M8_ M9_ 4 oil Volts and Hz ode Suffix Sizes /60 or 110/ /60 40/60 W 480/60 X 600/60 Sizes 7, 8 and /50 or 60 J 0 40/50 or 60 W /50 or 60 X 600/60 1 For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Suffix D. Single-phase with one single-pole overload relay. 3 Sizes 7 9 use rectifier with D coil. 4 For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 10V. Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-105

107 .3 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series Reversing, Sizes 00 9 When Ordering Specify Order by catalog number from table below, plus suffix for coil voltages, verifying usage of appropriate sizes. Size 1 Horizontal Reversing Starter Reversing Starters oil Suffix Notes Heaters nter heaters as separate item by listing catalog number from the tables on Pages V5-T-135 and V5-T-136, as required per starter. Max. UL Horsepower Horizontal Design Vertical Design Single-Phase Three-Phase atalog atalog Size mps 115V 30V 08V 40V 480V 600V Number 1 Number 1 Sizes / / 1-1/ 10M_ 50M_ M0_ 50M0_ / 7-1/ M1_ 50M1_ / M_ 50M_ M3_ 50M3_ M4_ 50M4_ M5_ 50M5_ M6_ 50M6_ Sizes M7_ M8_ M9_ 3 oil Volts and Hz ode Suffix Sizes /60 or 110/ /60 40/60 W 480/60 X 600/60 Sizes 7, 8 and /50 or 60 J 0 40/50 or 60 W /50 or 60 X 600/60 1 For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Suffix D. Sizes 7 9 use rectifier with D coil. 3 For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 10V. V5-T-106 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

108 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series.3 For Separate Two-Winding Motors Heaters nter heaters as separate item by listing catalog number from the tables on Pages V5-T-135 and V5-T-136, as required per starter. For Single-Winding Motors Three-Phase, Non-Reversing, Reversing 60 Hz Starters Heater Selection NM Sizes 0 6 oil Suffix Note mperes onstant or Variable Torque onstant Horsepower Three Poles Open 08V 40V 480V 600V 08V 40V 480V 600V atalog Number 1 Sizes M0_ / 7-1/ / 7-1/ 960M1_ / M_ M3_ M4_ M5_ M6_ NM mperes 08V 40V 480V 600V 1 For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Suffix D. Three Poles Open atalog Number 1 onstant Horsepower M0_ / 7-1/ M1_ M_ M3_ M4_ M5_ M6_ onstant or Variable Torque M0_ / 7-1/ 980M1_ / M_ M3_ M4_ M5_ M6_ oil Volts and Hz oil Suffix Sizes /60 or 110/ /60 40/60 W 480/60 X 600/60 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-107

109 .3 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series ccessories SS-56 Surge Suppressor Designed to be used with magnetic motor controllers through Size 4 in 10V, 60 Hz control circuit applications where electronic equipment is used Steady state coil volts: 10, 60 Hz, rms SS-56 Surge Suppressor Mechanical Interlock Surge Suppressor 1 Prevents closing of one member of a reversing or multi-speed contactor until the opposite member is completely open Lever type mechanism assures positive action Mechanical Interlock Type Mounting Starter ontactor rrangement (Number of Poles, Horizontal or Vertical) Peak input volts: 169.6, 60 Hz, max. amplitude Max. ambient temperature: 65 Nominal limiting volts: 70 peak Nominal rate of volt rise: 0.5 per ms Kit atalog Number SS-56 an be factory assembled or field mounted on 00 and 900 starters and contactors ontinuous Size Interlock atalog Number 3 x 3 horizontal 0, 1 M x 4 horizontal 0, 1 M x 3 horizontal 0, 1 M-33-1 ll pole combination, vertical 0, 1 M x 3 horizontal reversing M-33-3 x 3 vertical reversing M-34-5 x 3 horizontal M-35-4 x 4 horizontal M-36- ll pole combination horizontal 3, 4 M-33-3 ll pole combination vertical 3, 4 M-34-3 R-56 Interposing Relay The R-56 interposing relay is a low energy solid-state device with a single NO solidstate contact. It can be used as a 10 Vac control relay, and will operate on as little as 40 Vac input. Is useful in Interposing Relay Type Mounting Starter or panel 3NO ell larm ontact Isolated normally open bell alarm contact ell larm ontact Kit atalog Number 3NO- 3NO-4 Overload Relay Reset xtension Used to adjust overload reset rod depth of lass 00 Model J starters and current design overload relays to same dimensions as obsolete 00 starters and overloads identified by suffix, for example, 13 applications requiring long control wiring runs where excessive voltage drop would prevent the contactor or relay from energizing. Will operate a Size 4 contactor from 10,000 feet using 18 WG wire. Kit atalog Number R56- Mounts in Type blocktype overload relay ontrol ontact Ratings (600) Maximum mperes Volts Make reak V 360 V ontinuous current rating: 5 When replacing obsolete 00 device with lass 00 starter and Type overload, order Style H03. No charge. When replacing obsolete 00 device with lass 00 starter and Type overload, order Style H10. No charge. Notes 1 an be used on Sizes 5 and 6 with 10V coil. Mounting bracket required order separately. Mounting bracket G04. For Size 3 and 4. V5-T-108 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

110 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series.3 Power Pole Kit dds 1NO or 1N power pole to Size lass contactors Factory installed or field mountable in load side auxiliary cavities Power Pole Kit 1 Replacement uxiliary ontacts xtra uxiliary ontact Kits ll starters include an auxiliary contact with 1NO and 1N contact. These kits include an auxiliary contact with contacts xtra uxiliary ontact Kits 600 Vac ontinuous current rating of 18 for Size 0, 7 for Size 1 ontinuous urrent Rating Kit Size Kit atalog Number Normally Open 18 0 PNO PNO-1 Normally losed 18 0 PN PN-1 ontactor Size ontact rrangement uxiliary lect. ontact atalog Number Style Number 5, 6 1NO + 1N J G01 NO J G0 N J G03 7, 8 1NO 578D461G01 1N 578D461G03 9 1NO + 1N 843D943G04 NO 843D943G05 N 843D943G06 as shown, plus operating arm and mounting bracket when required. ontactor Size ontact rrangement Style Number 5, 6 1NO + 1N 3463D94G18 NO 3463D94G04 N 3463D94G19 7, 8 NO 818D498G06 1NO 818D498G04 D oil onversion Kits Kits listed below include all necessary parts to convert from to D control including the D coil with D oil onversion Kits Mechanical Interlocks Notes 1 Do not use with D operated contactors. Size 7 and larger use D coils as standard. built-in diode, rectifier, auxiliary interlock and all mounting hardware. Size Voltage Kit Style Number G G G G G G03 Style Numbers ontactor Sizes Horizontal Vertical 3, 4 and G G65 5 and G G17 5 and G G16 6 and 7, G55 7, 8 and 7, 8 No (rear conn.) 567D64G01 7, 8 and 9 No (rear conn.) 9944D56G06 9 and 9 No (rear conn.) 9944D56G01 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-109

111 .3 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series Overload Protection Overload Protection Size 5 Starters Type overload relay is a three-pole, block type, thermal ambient compensated device with manual reset mounted integrally. urrent transformers are enclosed in a protective case and integrally mounted to save panel space. Standard ratio is 300:5. Overload Protection Size 6 Starters Overload protection assembly consists of three current transformers, Type threepole block overload relay and an optional interposing relay. These parts are mounted on a Overload Relay Kits Kit Size Kit Part Number G D80G10 Replacement Terminal Lugs 1 ontactor Size Note able Size Terminals Quantity in Kit 1 ll mounting hardware is included in kit. panel which connects directly to the load terminal of the contactor. urrent transformers are 600:5 ratio as standard. If automatic reset is required, the Type, three-pole block, ambient compensated relay is available upon request. Overload Relay Kits ach kit includes three current transformers (standard ratio) and one Type, three-pole block overload relay, ambient compensated with manual reset. Quantity Required per Pole Kit Style Number MM G MM G MM G MM G03 V5-T-110 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

112 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series.3 Renewal Parts When Ordering Specify Use this renewal parts data to identify device by style number, catalog number and/or description. Select style number of replacement part from the following pages. For clarification of ordering procedure, pricing and discounts, contact the ustomer Support enter. JF utostarters JF utostarter Kits 1 Solenoid ssembly with oil (ll Sizes) General Information This renewal parts data will provide the proper identification of standard parts which may be required for maintenance of aton s components. It is the intent of this catalog section to make it possible to quickly select the parts needed. n investment in renewal parts and regular maintenance program will Start ontacts Run ontacts Grid Stack Kit Notes 1 Kits contain a complete set of moving contacts, stationary contacts and springs. When replacing solenoid assembly series use adapter plate style 9917D0H01 one required. 3 These styles replace coil style 9689G. When ordering new style as replacement, customer must order adapter plate 9917D0H01, one required. protect against downtime and ensure a proper duty cycle for your equipment. To maintain maximum operating efficiency and dependability of your equipment, only genuine aton replacement parts should be used. This section identifies the replacements parts which are available. Order by style number. Frame Size Required Style Number Required Style Number Required Style Number G G D90G L 1 550D409G D409G D90G10 5M 5MM D90G D90G D90G10 Volt Hz Style Number H H H H04 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-111

113 .3 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series Starters, ontactors 00, 01 ontactors Model J Sizes 00, 0, 1, Kits 1 Part Poles Style Number Style Number Style Number Style Number ontact kit G G G G G G G G G G G G13 3 oils D oil 7 Notes 1 Model contact tips and coils 00-4, two-, three-, four- and five-pole contactors are same as Model J. ll other parts are unavailable. Mounting hardware included. 3 Use one each of G11 and G1. 4 Two-, three-pole. 5 Four-, five-pole. 6 Dual voltage coils. Use only on contactors or starters originally supplied with a dual voltage coil. 7 Use only on contactors originally supplied with a D coil. Size 00 Size 0 Size 1 Size G G G10 rc box, 3, G G G G G G G G08 5 ross bar, 3 N/ N/ N/ 67788G3 4, 5 N/ N/ N/ 67788G34 Upper base (for single rated coils only), 3 N/ N/ N/ 67788G33 4, 5 N/ N/ N/ 67788G35 Lower base, 3 N/ N/ N/ 15033G09 4, 5 N/ N/ N/ 15033G05 KO spring (package of 10) ll N/ N/ N/ G01 Terminal line/load (package of 3) ll N/ N/ N/ G03 Size 00, 0, 1 Size Two-, Three-, Four-Pole Five-Pole Two-, Three-Pole Four-, Five-Pole Voltage Hz Style Number Style Number Style Number Style Number 10/110 60/ G G G G G G G G0 600/550 60/ G G G G G G G G07 40/0 60/ G G G G1 480/440 60/ G G G G G16 N/ G G G G G G16 40/ / G G G G03 10/ / G G G G10 Voltage Size 0, 1 Single-, Two-, Three-, Four-Pole Style Number Size Single-, Two-, Three-Pole Style Number G G G G G G G G G G01 15/ G G03 V5-T-11 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

114 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series.3 ccessories for Size 5 9 ontactors rectifier circuit converts the supply to D supply. This conversion provides pick up and drop out characteristics. ll necessary parts are included in the kit. -D oil onversion Kits Voltage Style Number Style Number 10 Vac 78648G G01 40 Vac 78648G G0 480 Vac 78648G G03 Replacement oils for -D oil onversion Kit uxiliary lectrical Interlocks Size 7 9 and ll D Units Model J K, Sizes 3 and 4 Sizes 3 and 4 Kits 1 Size 5 Size 6 Size 5 Size 6 Voltage Style Number Style Number 10 Vac G G05 40 Vac G G Vac G G15 Type ircuits pplication Style Number L63 NO Size D461G01 L63 N Size D461G03 L64 NO-N Size 9 843D943G04 L64 NO Size 9 843D943G05 L64 N Size 9 843D943G06 4 Use quantity two of 66187G1. 5 Use quantity one each of 66187G1 and 66187G13. 6 Use quantity two of 66187G16. 7 Use quantity one each of 66187G16 and 66187G17. ccessories for Size 00 6 ontactors uxiliary lectrical Interlocks atalog Number (Obsolete) Style Number (Obsolete) ircuits atalog Number urrent Style Number urrent (L-56) (609D01G01) 1NO and 1N J G01 (L-56D) (609D01G0) NO J G0 (L-56) (609D01G03) 1NO and 1N J G01 (L-56) (609D01G04) NO J G0 (L-56H) (609D01G05) NO J G0 (L-56J) (609D01G06) 1NO and1n D J G04 (L-56) (609D01G07) N/ N/ N/ (L-56) (609D01G08) N/ N/ N/ (L-56F) (609D01G09) N/ N/ N/ (L-56G) (609D01G10) 1NO and 1N D J G04 (L-56) (609D01G11) N J G03 (L-56M) (609D01G1) N/ N/ N/ (L-56P) (609D01G17) 1NO and 1N J G01 (L-56R) (609D01G18) N J G03 (L-56S) (609D01G19) 1NO and 1N J G01 Size 3 Model J Size 4 Model J Size 4 Model K 3 Part Poles Style Number Style Number Style Number ontact kit 66187G G G G G G G G19 rc box, G G G11 4, G G G1 ross bar, G G G40 4, G G38 Upper base, G G G5 4, G G39 Lower base, G G G10 4, G G06 KO spring (package of 10) ll G G G50 Terminal line/load (package of 3) ll 37357G G G18 Notes 1 Model contact tips and coils 00-4, two-, three-, four- and five-pole contactors are same as Model J. ll other parts are unavailable. For 00 0 magnetically latched lighting contactors order three-pole contact kit style 67788G07. 3 Model K replaces Model J, offering superior design life characteristics. Renewal parts are different. Use parts for proper model only. Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-113

115 .3 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series ccessories for Model J K, Series 3, 4 D oils 1 Voltage Style Number G G G G0 15/ G03 oils 01 ontactors Size 5 9 Model J Size 3, 4 Two-, Three-Pole Voltage Hz Style Number Style Number Style Number Style Number 10/110 60/ G G G G G G G G0 600/550 60/ G G G G G G G G07 40/0 60/ G G G G1 480/440 60/ G G G G G34 N/ 55079G34 N/ G14 N/ 55079G14 N/ 40/480 60/ G G G G03 10/44 60/ G G G G10 G 530/630 GPD 7, 8, 9 Kits 4 Notes 1 Use only on units originally supplied with D coil. Dual voltage coils. Use only on contactors or starters originally supplied with dual voltage coil. 3 Model K replaces Model J, offering superior design life characteristics. Renewal parts are different. Use parts for proper model only. 4 atalog Number 01/00 Series replaces G/GPD series. Renewal parts are the same. 5 Use G06 for silver tungsten applications. 6 R.. Model J Size 3, 4 Model K Size 4 3 Two-, Three-Pole Four-, Five-Pole Two-, Three-Pole Four-, Five-Pole Size 5 Size 6 Size 7 Size 8 Part Style Number Style Number Style Number Style Number Style Number ontact kit (one per pole) G G G G G01 6 Size G0 7 rc box 05015G G45 831D580G01 831D580G D69G0 Magnet assembly 05015G G46 N/ N/ N/ Mag. spg. kit 05015G G47 N/ N/ N/ cr cup kit 05015G48 N/ N/ N/ N/ Load conversion kit 05015G G49 N/ N/ N/ Line conversion kit 05015G G50 N/ N/ N/ K.O. spring G G46 N/ N/ N/.T. 300/ H03 N/ N/ N/ N/.T. 400/ H04 N/ N/ N/ N/.T. 600/5 8 N/ 06610G18 N/ N/ N/.T. 800/5 8 N/ 06610G19 N/ N/ N/ Phase barrier N/ N/ G G G03 6 ross bar 05015G G15 N/ N/ N/ Shunt N/ 06610G G G G0 j 7 F.. 8.T. kit which replaces the single molded 1.T. assembly used on the old size 6 airbreak. The kit includes a single molded 3.T. assembly, bus bar and hardware. This.T. kit also replaces the single molded 3.T. assembly used on the present size 6 airbreak and size vacuum. 9 Set of three. j Set of four. V5-T-114 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

116 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series.3 ccessories for 01 ontactors Size 5 9 oils (Sizes 5 and 6) Voltage Hz Style Number Style Number Sizes 5 and 6 110/ G G05 110/ G G06 00/ G G07 0/ G G08 00/ G G09 0/ G G10 77/ G1 0501G1 380/ G G14 440/ G G15 440/ G G16 550/ G G17 550/ G G18 380/ G G19 10/ G0 0501G0 4 D 05014G1 0501G1 48 D 05014G 0501G 15 D 05014G5 0501G5 50 D 05014G7 0501G7 oils (Sizes 7 9) Notes Size 5 Size 6 Line Voltage Style Number Required Sizes 7 and 8 15 Vdc G04 30 Vdc G0 50 Vdc G03 110/10 Vac G1 0/40 Vac G Vac G15 440/480 Vac G10 550/575 Vac G13 Size Vdc 56434G Rectifier 15V 01840G01 (one required). Rectifier 50V 01840G0 (one required). 3 Rectifier 600V 01840G03 (one required). 4 These coils require an external rectifier. If the rectifier needs replacement, order by the appropriate style number. 5 ontains coil and resistor. Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-115

117 .3 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series Modifications Factory Modifications Modification ontrol circuit Overload relays (substitutions) atalog NM Size Description Number Suffix xtra auxiliary contact (1NO-1N) non-reversing, J1 onsult sales office for pricing adders. reversing, -speed unwired xtra auxiliary contact non-reversing, reversing, J onsult sales office for pricing adders. -speed unwired 3 xtra auxiliary contact non-reversing, unwired J3 onsult sales office for pricing adders. 4 xtra auxiliary contact non-reversing, unwired J4 onsult sales office for pricing adders. Wired for separate control (N) onsult sales office for pricing adders. Omit control wiring (N) X onsult sales office for pricing adders. mbient compensated with auto reset (N) D onsult sales office for pricing adders. Fast trip ambient compensated (specify motor FL) D7 onsult sales office for pricing adders. Overload relay alarm contact (NO) per overload onsult sales office for pricing adders. ccessories and Field Modification Kits Type J uxiliary ontact apable of being field mounted in a contactor or starter (lasses 00, 900 Sizes 00 6, V00, V01 vacuum and definite purpose controllers) Provides two separate electrical contact sets which wire vertically and are color coded; black designates N and silver designates NO. Please uxiliary ontact Ratings Voltage Make reak NM Vac 700 V 70 V 7 10 Vac V 8 7 Vac NM R Vdc 8 V 8 V uxiliary ontact Types ontact Type Max. atalog Number 1NO and 1N 4 J11 N 4 J0 NO 4 J0 1 coil clearing N and 1NO 4 J1 note that the vertical wiring is contrary to the horizontal wiring of the L-56 auxiliary contacts Designed to fit within dimensions of starter; no additional panel space is required Provides circuit isolation (no polarity restrictions) and single break bifurcated contacts V5-T-116 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

118 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series.3 Technical Data and Specifications lectrical haracteristics Sizes 00 4 Sizes 5 9 Size 00 Size 0 Size 1 Size Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 Size 6 Size 7 Size 8 Size 9 Max. voltage rating 600V 600V 600V 600V 600V 600V Max. voltage rating 600V 600V 600V 600V 600V mpere rating mpere rating (Open) (Open) (nclosed) (nclosed) Squirrel age Motor Squirrel age Motor Maximum horsepower at: Maximum horsepower at: 00V/60 Hz 1-1/ hp 3 hp 7-1/ hp 10 hp 5 hp 40 hp 00V/60 Hz 75 hp 150 hp 30V/ 60 Hz 1-1/ hp 3 hp 7-1/ hp 15 hp 30 hp 50 hp 30V/60 Hz 100 hp 00 hp 300 hp 450 hp 800 hp 380V/50 Hz 1-1/ hp 5 hp 10 hp 5 hp 50 hp 75 hp 380V/50 Hz 150 hp 300 hp 460V 575V/60 Hz hp 5 hp 10 hp 5 hp 50 hp 100 hp 460V 575V/60 Hz 00 hp 400 hp 600 hp 900 hp 1600 hp Resistive Heating kw 1 Resistive Heating kw 1 Single-phase, two-pole Single-phase, two-pole 10V 3 kw 5 kw 10 kw 15 kw 10V 30 kw 60 kw 90 kw V 6 kw 10 kw 0 kw 30 kw 40V 60 kw 10 kw 180 kw V 1 kw 0 kw 40 kw 60 kw 480V 10 kw 40 kw 360 kw V 15 kw 5 kw 50 kw 75 kw 600V 150 kw 300 kw 450 kw 3 3 Three-phase, three-pole Three-phase, three-pole 10V 5 kw 8.5 kw 17 kw 6 kw 10V 5 kw 105 kw 155 kw V 10 kw 17 kw 34 kw 68 kw 40V 105 kw 10 kw 315 kw V 0 kw 34 kw 68 kw 105 kw 480V 10 kw 415 kw 65 kw V 5 kw 43 kw 86 kw 130 kw 600V 60 kw 515 kw 775 kw 3 3 apacitor Switching kvr, Three-Phase apacitor Switching kvr, Three-Phase 40V 1 kvr 7 kvr 40 kvr 40V 80 kvr 160 kvr 40 kvr 360 kvr 665 kvr 480V 5 kvr 53 kvr 80 kvr 480V 160 kvr 30 kvr 480 kvr 70 kvr 135 kvr 600V 31 kvr 67 kvr 100 kvr 600V 00 kvr 400 kvr 600 kvr 900 kvr 1670 kvr Transformer Switching kv Transformer Switching kv Single-phase, two-pole Single-phase, two-pole 10V 0.6 kv 1. kv.1 kv 4.1 kv 6.8 kv 10V 14 kv 7 kv 41 kv 61 kv 11 kv 40V 1. kv.4 kv 4.1 kv 8.1 kv 14 kv 40V 7 kv 54 kv 81 kv 1 kv 5 kv 480V.4 kv 4.9 kv 8.3 kv 16 kv 7 kv 480V 54 kv 108 kv 16 kv 44 kv 450 kv 600V 3 kv 6. kv 10 kv 0 kv 34 kv 600V 68 kv 135 kv 03 kv 304 kv 56 kv Three-phase, three-pole Three-phase, three-pole 10V 1.8 kv 3.6 kv 6.3 kv 1 kv 0 kv 10V 41 kv 81 kv 1 kv 18 kv 337 kv 40V.1 kv 4.3 kv 7. kv 14 kv 3 kv 40V 47 kv 94 kv 140 kv 10 kv 34 kv 480V 4. kv 8.5 kv 14 kv 8 kv 47 kv 480V 94 kv 188 kv 80 kv 40 kv 783 kv 600V 5. kv 11 kv 18 kv 35 kv 59 kv 600V 117 kv 34 kv 351 kv 56 kv 975 kv Notes 1 Resistive loads having inrush currents not exceeding 1.5 times continuous rating. These ratings are for transformers having inrush currents not more than 0 times peak of continuous current ratings. For inrush currents greater than 0 times, refer to factory. 3 For ratings refer to factory. Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-117

119 .3 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series D Power Pole Ratings The following represent typical production test values and should not be interpreted as a guarantee of actual performance. D Operated 10 and 40V oils D ontact mpere Rating Two Poles in Series 1 ontactor Size 10V 40V V, 50 Hz Starter Maximum Horsepower Ratings Horsepower Ratings NM Size Maximum 1-1/ horsepower Operating oil haracteristics at Rated oil Volts, Sizes 00 9 The following represent typical production test values and should not be interpreted as a guarantee of actual performance. Operating oil haracteristics Sizes 00, 0, 1 Size Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 Size 6 Size 7 Size 8 Size 9 oil urden (Open V) 160 V 160 V 65 V 700 V 1700 V 900 V (losed V) 5 V 5 V 50 V 64 V 180 V 0 V (losed Watts) 7.8 W 7.8 W 18 W 1 W 3 W 4 W Pick-up volts 4 85% 85% 85% 85% 78% 70% Drop-out volts % 40 60% 40 60% 40 60% 65 to 75% 60 to 70% Pick-up time Hz / 1-1/ -1/ 1 1-1/ Drop-out time Hz 5 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/ D oil urden (Open V) 17 V 17 V 35 V 35 V 600 V 10 V 400 V 400 V 100 V (losed V) 17 V 17 V 35 V 35 V V 1 V 400 V 400 V 350 V (losed Watts) 18 W 18 W 35 W 35 W 0 W 0 W 400 W 400 W 350 W Pick-Up Volts 4 80% 80% 80% 80% 64% 73% 45% 65% 7 45% 65% 7 50% 65% 7 Drop-Out Volts % 5 10% 5 10% 5 10% 18% 13% 30% 45% 7 30% 45% 7 40% 50% 7 Pick-Up Time Hz ms 5 75 ms 5 75 ms.7 Hz 5 3 Hz Hz Hz Drop-Out Time Hz ms 16 5 ms 16 5 ms 9.3 Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz 75 Notes 1 Non-inductive load. coil data pertains to Model K, D coil data pertains to Model J. 3 D operated only. 4 Percent of rated coil voltage. 5 t 60 Hz base. 6 To contact touch. 7 Lower figure when coil is cold. Higher figure when coil is hot. 8 Drop-out time to clear arc. Time varies with type of load and contact wear. V5-T-118 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

120 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series.3 Mechanical haracteristics NM Standard IS -110 Direct-current operated contactors shall withstand 110% of their rated voltage continuously without injury to the operating coils and shall close successfully at 80% of their rated voltage. lternating-current operated contactors shall withstand 110% of their rated voltage continuously without injury to the operating coils and shall close successfully at 85% of their rated voltage. Mechanical haracteristics, Sizes 00 9 Sizes 00, 0, 1 Size Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 Size 6 Size 7 Size 8 Size 9 Dimensions in inches (mm) Height 6.45 (163.8) 7.16 (181.9) 9.93 (5.) 9.93 (5.) 1.00 (304.8) (34.9) (47.9) (489) (635) 1 Width 3.31 (84.1) 3.31 (84.1) 4.6 (117.3) 4.6 (117.3) 7.00 (177.8) (177.8) (596.9) (596.9) (81.8) 1 Depth 4.61 (117.1) 4.96 (16) 6.75 (171.5) 6.75 (171.5) 7.75 (196.9) (.3) (79.4) (79.4) (330.) 1 Panel area square inches Weight pounds able connection Front Front Front/rear Front/rear Front/rear Maximum cable size/phase 6 WG 3 WG 1/0 4/ MM 500 MM MM MM MM copper (WG/MM) uxiliary electrical circuits available Latched version available Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No Mechanical interlock combinations available Sizes 00, 0, 1,, 3, 4 Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. 5 Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. 6 Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. Vertical Vertical 7, 8 Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical 9 Vertical Vertical Vertical Data from Tables Through 150 of 1996 N: Motor mperes at Full Load, Three-Phase hp 115V 30V 00V 30V 460V 575V 10V 40V hp 115V 30V 00V 30V 460V 575V 10V 40V 1/ / / / / / / Notes Single-Phase Induction Type Squirrel age and Wound-Rotor mperes D Single-Phase Induction Type Squirrel age and Wound-Rotor mperes 1 For Sizes 5 9 contactors only; for starter Sizes 5 9, refer to factory. These current values are for motors running at usual speeds and with normal torque characteristics. Motors for special low speed or high torque may require higher current. In all cases, heaters should be selected on basis of information on motor nameplate or motor card data. D Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-119

121 .3 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series ombination Ratings Sizes 00 Short-ircuit Protective Device (SPD) Sizes 00, 0, 1 oil Suffix Max. Rating SPD ircuit reaker Interrupting Rating Short-ircuit Withstand apability urrent Voltage lass H fuse V lass J fuse , V lass R fuse , V lass T fuse , V Magnetic only 1 30 Marked HMP 100, V Type 50, V Thermal/magnetic 50 65,000 65, V Type 3 5,000 5, V 100, , V 35,000 35, V Magnetic only 30 HMP + current 100, V Type + L 4 limiter Thermal/magnetic , , V Type L 5 Size lass H fuse V lass J fuse , V lass R fuse , V lass T fuse , V Magnetic only 1 50 Marked HMP 100, V Type 50, V Thermal/magnetic 90 65,000 65, V Type 3 5,000 5, V 100, , V 35,000 35, V Magnetic only 50 HMP + current 100, V Type + L 4 limiter Thermal/magnetic Type L , , V Other vailable oil Voltages and D oils 7 oils atalog Number Suffix oil Rating (Volts/Hertz) atalog Number Suffix oil Rating (Volts/Hertz) 10/60, 110/50 N 110/ /60 P 48/60 40/60 and 480/60 R 10/60 and 40/60 D 440/50 U /50 or 60 Rect. to D 600/60 Hz V 110/60 G 0/50 W 40/60 H 380/50 X 480/60 I 4/60 Y 415/50 J /50 or 60 Rect. to D Z 77/60 K 0-40/50 or 60 Rect. to D D 89 L 4 Vdc S 15 Vdc M 48 Vdc T 50 Vdc Sizes 3 and 4 Short-ircuit Protective Device (SPD) Size 3 Max. Rating SPD ircuit reaker Interrupting Rating Short-ircuit Withstand apability urrent Voltage lass H fuse V lass J fuse , V lass R fuse , V lass T fuse , V Magnetic only Marked HMP 100, V Type 50, V Thermal/magnetic ,000 65, V Type 3 5,000 5, V 100, , V 35,000 35, V Magnetic only 100 HMP + current 100, V Type + L 4 limiter Thermal/magnetic , , V Type L 5 Size 4 lass H fuse , V lass J fuse , V lass R fuse , V lass T fuse , V Magnetic only Marked HMP 100, V Type 50, V Thermal/magnetic 50 65,000 65, V Type 3 5,000 5, V 100, , V 35,000 35, V Magnetic only 150 HMP + current 100, V Type + L 4 limiter Thermal/magnetic 50 00, , V Type + L 5 Thermal/magnetic Type L , , V Notes 1 Instantaneous adjustable trip. ircuit breaker. 3 Inverse time circuit breaker. 4 Instantaneous adjustable trip with current limiting attachment. 5 Inverse time with built-in current limiting attachment. 6 Inverse time current limiting breaker. 7 vailability may be limited. 8 D coils for Size 5 and 6 contactors and starters are intermittent duty rated only. mechanical latch is required. 9 D coils. Use only on contactors originally supplied with a D coil. V5-T-10 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

122 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series.3 Dimensions pproximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Open Non-Reversing Starters Figure Sizes 00 4 Figure Size 6 Dimensions and Shipping Weights Note M F J 0.38 (9.7) Wide 4 Mtg. Slots NM Size 1 Refer to factory. K No. of Poles G Reset Rod L K M Fig. F Reset Travel H Mounting Screws 00, 0, 1, 3 3 # (84.1), 3 3 # (84.1) 3, 4, 3 3 1/4 in (117.6) /8 in (19.8) /8 in. 9.5 (35.0) (96.) L G D D Figure Size 5 Term. Lug Supplied When Ordered 0.38 x.5 (9.7 x 1.7) ( Mtg. Slots) M L F H G D K Reset Rod ont r Mtg. L Holes J L of ont r No. Size D F G H J K L M (96.) 6.4 (163.1) 7.17 (18.1) 9.94 (5.5) 16. (41.0) 3.50 (596.9) 1.50 (546.1) 1.50 (546.1) 4.61 (117.1) 4.94 (15.5) 6.75 (171.5) 7.75 (196.9) 9.50 (41.3) (98.5) (98.5) 6.00 (15.4) 6.75 (171.5) 9.5 (35.0) (79.4) (79.4) 1.88 (47.8) 1.88 (47.8).88 (73.).75 (69.9).75 (69.9) 1.66 (4.) 1.66 (4.).94 (3.9) 3.81 (96.8) 4.81 (1.) 0.3 (5.8) 0.3 (5.8) 0.38 (9.7).69 (68.3).75 (69.9) 0.39 (9.9) 0.41 (10.4) 0.55 (14.0).4 (61.5) 3.06 (77.7) 0.33 (8.4) 0.59 (15.0) 0.77 (19.6) 0.80 (0.3) 0.33 (8.4) 6.50 (165.1) 4.48 (113.8) 4.53 (115.1) 6.36 (161.5) 7.00 (177.8) 8.44 (14.4) 0.7 (6.9) 0.7 (6.9) 0.7 (6.9) 0.7 (6.9) 0.7 (6.9) Weight, Lbs (kg) 35.0 (15.9) 43.0 (19.5) (5.) 9.0 (13.) 55.0 (5.0) Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-11

123 .3 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series pproximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Open Reversing Starters Figure Sizes 00 4 Horizontal 0.8 (7.1) Dia. J M 3 Mtg. Holes Reset Travel L Dimensions and Shipping Weights NM Size Note Number of Poles 1 Refer to factory. F Fig. Mounting Screws 00, 0, 1 3 x 3 Horiz. 3 # (181.1) 3 x 3 Vert. 3 # (84.6) 3 x 3 Horiz. 3 # (181.1) 3 x 3 Vert. 3 # (84.6) 3, 4 3 x 3 Horiz. 3 1/4 in (47.7) 3 x 3 Vert. 3 1/4 in (117.6) 5 3 x 3 Horiz. 4 3/8 in (895.4) 6 3 x 3 Horiz. 4 3/8 in (895.4) G D K Figure Sizes 00 4 Vertical G D N J F 0.8 (7.1) Dia. 3 Mtg. Holes K Reset Travel No. Size D F G J K L M N 6.50 (165.1) (95.4) 7.5 (184.) 1.38 (314.5) (57.3) (503.) 5.50 (647.7) 5.50 (647.7) 5.05 (18.3) 5.05 (18.3) 5.38 (136.7) 5.38 (136.7) 7.5 (184.) 7.5 (184.) 8.75 (.3) (66.7) 6.00 (15.4) (8.7) 6.75 (171.5) (301.8) 9.5 (35.0) (481.1) 5.69 (144.5) 1.88 (47.8) 5.69 (144.5) 1.88 (47.8) 8.00 (03.).88 (73.) 3.56 (90.4) 1.66 (4.) 3.56 (90.4) 1.66 (4.) 4.88 (14.0).94 (74.7) 0.5 (6.4) 0.5 (6.4) 0.5 (6.4) 0.5 (6.4) 0.44 (11.) 0.44 (11.).3 (58.4) 0.39 (9.9).31 (58.7) 0.39 (9.9) 3.11 (79.0) 0.55 (14.0) 0.59 (15.0) 0.59 (15.0) 0.77 (19.6) 0.77 (19.6) 0.80 (0.3) 0.80 (0.3) 4.9 ( (15.0) 4.97 (16.) 4.97 (16.) 6.86 (174.) 6.86 (174.) M L 0.7 (6.9) 0.7 (6.9) 0.7 (6.9) 0.7 (6.9) 0.7 (6.9) 0.7 (6.9) Weight, Lbs (kg) 9.0 (4.0) 4.5 (114.8) 9.8 (4.4) 10.8 (4.9) 4.5 (114.8) 1. (5.5) 6.0 (11.8) 7.91 (00.9) 8.0 (1.7) 73.0 (33.1) 17.0 (57.7) V5-T-1 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

124 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series.3 pproximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Open Multi-Speed Starters Figure Sizes 00 4 Figure Sizes Dimensions and Shipping Weights NM Size J Number of Poles N J R Fig. Mounting Screws 00, 0, 1 3 x 3 Horiz. 3 # (181.1) 5 x 3 Horiz. 3 # (03.) 3 x 3 Horiz. 3 # (181.1) 5 x 3 Horiz. 3 # (5.6) 3, 4 3 x 3 Horiz. 3 1/4 in (47.7) 5 x 3 Horiz. 3 1/4 in (314.5) F No. Size D F G J K L M N P R 6.50 (165.1) 6.50 (165.1) 5.05 (18.3) 5.05 (18.3) Notes Three-pole x three-pole devices are for Wye-Wye two-winding motors only. 1 Refer to factory. G D K 0. (5.1) Dia. 3 Mounting Slots G D K 7.5 (184.) 7.5 (184.) (57.3) (57.3) M 0. (5.1) Dia. 3 Mounting Slots 5.38 (136.7) 5.38 (136.7) 7.5 (184.) 7.5 (184.) M Reset Travel L 6.00 (15.4) 6.00 (15.4) 6.75 (171.5) 6.75 (171.5) 9.5 (35.0) 9.5 (35.0) 5.69 (144.5) 6.53 (165.9) 5.69 (144.5) 6.56 (166.6) 8.00 (03.) 9.31 (36.5) 3.56 (90.4) 3.56 (90.4) 3.56 (90.4) 3.56 (90.4) 4.88 (14.0) 4.88 (14.0) 0.5 (6.4) 0.5 (6.4) 0.5 (6.4) 0.5 (6.4) 0.44 (11.) 0.44 (11.).30 (58.4).30 (58.4).69 (68.3).69 (68.3) 3.11 (79.0) 3.11 (79.0) 0.33 (8.4) 0.48 (1.) 0.69 (17.5) 0.69 (17.5) 0.80 (0.3) 0.80 (0.3) 4.9 (15.0) 4.9 (15.0) 4.97 (16.) 4.97 (16.) 6.86 (174.) 6.86 (174.) 0.7 (6.9) 0.7 (6.9) 0.7 (6.9) 0.7 (6.9) 0.7 (6.9) 0.7 (6.9) 3.81 (96.8) 4.66 (118.4) 3.81 (96.8) 4.66 (118.4) 5.13 (130.3) 6.44 (163.6).91 (73.9).91 (73.9).91 (73.9).84 (7.1) 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) Reset Travel L Weight, Lbs (kg) 10.0 (4.5) 11.0 (5.0) 11.0 (5.0) 13.0 (5.9) 8.0 (1.7) 33.5 (15.) Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-13

125 .3 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series Relays Thermal and Fast Trip Relays Thermal and Fast Trip Product Overview Type and Type, lass 0 Thermal Overload Relays from aton s lectrical Sector will protect the motor against abnormal overload conditions. imetallic actuated, they are available as either ambient compensated or noncompensated in either singlepole or block type three-pole design. Type use one pole of the three-pole block for single-phase. Single-pole relays are also available as Fast Trip lass 10 ambient compensated type, which provides approximately 15% motor protection with a tripping time of less than 10 seconds, at 600% of heater current rating. Fast trip relays can be identified by the green reset rods. They are available for panel or starter mounting. The three-pole fast trip design is composed of three single-pole relays on a common baseplate, with a common reset bar. The bimetal element is actuated by precisely calibrated heater elements which are connected directly in the circuit to be protected. Thermal actuation of this device opens the contacts in the coil circuit of a contactor or relay which results in the disconnection of power to the overloaded circuit. Interchangeable thermal heater elements for singlepole standard trip and block type overload relays are available to cover motor full load currents from 0.9 to 133 in approximately 10% steps (see Heater pplication Table). Fast trip overload relays do not have interchangeable heater elements but are available in a series of ratings to cover motor full load currents from 1.6 to 150 in approximately 50% steps. ontents Description ontactors Non-Reversing and Reversing Starters Non-Reversing and Reversing Relays Thermal and Fast Trip Standards and ertifications Instruction Leaflets Thermal Type, lass 0, Manual Reset Thermal Type, lass 0, uto/manual Reset... Type FT Fast Trip, lass Heater Selection Relays urrent Sensing Protective Features Manual or utomatic Reset Type is furnished with a manual reset. Type is normally furnished set for manual reset operation and may be quickly adjusted for automatic reset when required. utomatic reset should not be used with two-wire control or where automatic restarting would endanger either personnel or equipment. Trip Indication n immediate visible indication of trip is provided on the overload relay. When an overload occurs, which causes the relay to operate, a trip indicator projects out and thus shows positive visual indication of trip. Type has a mechanical trip bar to manually check the N contact operation on the overload relay. Page V5-T-97 V5-T-103 V5-T-15 V5-T-15 V5-T-16 V5-T-19 V5-T-13 V5-T-135 V5-T-137 djustable Trip On Type, the trip rating of a specific heater element can be adjusted over a range of approximately 85% to 115% of its respective rating to permit the desired close protection. This is accomplished by turning the adjusting knob on the relay to the respective stop position. Positive ontact reak follow-through contact, provided on the stationary terminal of the snap action control switch, provides reliable electrical continuity during toggling, thus eliminating false trip sometimes prevalent with thermally operated switches. This contact also allows contact wipe for further reliability. V5-T-14 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

126 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series.3 mbient ompensation Motor overload protection can be provided with the same trip characteristics in ambient temperature from 40 to 77 ( 40 to 167 F). compensating bimetal maintains a constant travel to trip distance independent of ambient conditions. The compensating feature is fully automatic and no adjustments are required over wide fluctuations in ambient temperatures. ompensated relays are identified by black reset rods on Type and light gray reset rods on Type, while noncompensated relays use red reset rods. three-pole units have gray reset rods. one-pole units have black reset rods. ontrol ontact Single-pole and block type relays are supplied as standard with a SPST N control contact. SPDT NO-N with common is available as a factory modification on Type. n isolated NO contact can be supplied on Type as either a factory modification or as a field kit. Standards and ertifications UL 508 S NSI/NM IS - Instruction Leaflets Fast Trip Sizes 0 4, 3-Pole OL Relay Type Sizes 1, 1-Pole OL Relay Mod Type Sizes 1, 3-Pole OL Relay Mod J 14570D Type Sizes 3 4, 3-Pole OL Relay Mod J Type Sizes 3 4, 1-Pole OL Relay Mod Type OLR for Sizes 7, 8 and 9 ontactors Type Sizes 1, 1-Pole OL Relay Type Sizes 1, 3-Pole OL Relay 1539 Type Sizes 3 4, 3-Pole OL Relay 13676F Fast Trip Sizes 0 4, 1-Pole OL Relay Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-15

127 .3 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series Thermal Type, lass 0, Manual Reset Thermal Type, lass 0, Manual Reset pplication Description The Type overload relay is designed to protect industrial motors against overload conditions. Using modern block type, bimetallic design, this relay will provide lass 0 operation in either single-phase or three-phase applications. Operation The Type overload relay is a bimetallic actuated device. The bimetal elements are operated by precisely calibrated heaters. The heater elements are connected either directly in the circuit to be measured, or through current transformers on applications NM Size 5 and larger. s the bimetals are heated by motor current flow, a deflection force is produced. Upon a sustained level of abnormal current flow, the deflection becomes great enough to open the snapaction output contact. ontents Description ontactors Non-Reversing and Reversing Starters Non-Reversing and Reversing Relays Thermal and Fast Trip Thermal Type, lass 0, Manual Reset Product Selection ccessories Technical Data Dimensions Thermal Type, lass 0, uto/manual Reset... Type FT Fast Trip, lass Heater Selection Relays urrent Sensing Protective mbient ompensation The Type ambient compensated design is supplied as standard on all 00 starters. This design uses a second compensating bimetal responsive to ambient air temperature in the surrounding enclosure. This feature reduces nuisance tripping in applications using compact control panels and motor control centers where internal temperature rise is significant compared to motor ambient temperature. The compensating characteristic is maintained in ambient temperatures from 40 to 77. Page V5-T-97 V5-T-103 V5-T-14 V5-T-17 V5-T-17 V5-T-18 V5-T-18 V5-T-19 V5-T-13 V5-T-135 V5-T-137 Features mbient compensation standard larm contact field mountable lass 0 600V design Inverse time delay trip Test trip device for weld check Hi-visibility up-front trip indication Trip-free reset mechanism V5-T-16 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

128 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series.3 Product Selection Heaters nter heaters as separate item by listing catalog number from tables, Pages V5-T-135 and V5-T-136, as required per starter. Relays Type Overload Relay Panel Mounting ccessories larm ontact Kit Selection 1 Thermal Type Overload Relay Notes 1 Includes contactor mounting bracket, overload relay and connection straps to contactor. For replacement on 00 size 00, 0, 1 use 3 instead of 13 and use N3 instead of N13. Starter Mounted Replacement for Panel Mounted Type Overload Relays Motor Full Load mps mbient omp. atalog Number Non-omp. atalog Number mbient omp. atalog Number Non-omp. atalog Number mbient omp. atalog Number Single-Pole (One N ontact) JP N11JP 11 N JP N1JP 1 N Use three-pole design, wire three poles in series Use three-pole design, wire three poles in series Three-Pole (One N ontact) Use three-pole design, wire three poles in series Use three-pole design, wire three poles in series Use three-pole design, wire three poles in series Use three-pole design, wire three poles in series Use three-pole design, wire three poles in series Use three-pole design, wire three poles in series Replacement for Type Overload Relays in Manual Reset Mode (Three-Pole Only) 1 Use three-pole design, wire three poles in series Use three-pole design, wire three poles in series JP N13JP 13 N13 13J N13J JP N3JP 3 N3 3J N3J P N33P 33 N33 33 N P N43P 43 N43 43 N43 Type Overload Relay Size atalog Number 1, 3NO- 3, 4 3NO-4 Non-omp. atalog Number Use three-pole design, wire three poles in series Use three-pole design, wire three poles in series Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-17

129 .3 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series Technical Data ontrol ontact Ratings NM 600 NO and N ontrol ontact Rating Volts Make reak V 360 V Dimensions pproximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Thermal Type Overload Relays Sizes 1 and Three-Pole, Panel Mounted 1.98 (50.3) Dimensions Relay Size D (79.5) 4.06 (103.1) 044 (11.) 0.31 (7.9) (85.9) 4.38 (111.3) 0.31 (7.9) 0.19 (4.8) Note 0. (5.1) Dia. 6 Mtg. Slots 3.31 (84.1) 0.8 (0.3) 0.94 (3.9).17 (4.3).81 (71.4) 3.14 (79.8) 0.41 (10.4) 0.53 (13.5) 4.00 (101.6). (56.4) 1 larm contact available as factory modification of field mountable. For factory modification, add suffix. Sizes 3 and 4 Three-Pole, Panel Mounted D 1.34 (34.0). (56.4) 0.47 (11.9) 0.8 (7.1) Dia. 3 Mtg. Slots 4.44 (11.8) 0.5 (6.4) 3.38 (85.9) 1.75 (44.5) 1.38 (35.1) 5.8 (134.1) 3.88 (98.6) 0.47 (11.9) V5-T-18 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

130 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series.3 Thermal Type, lass 0, uto/manual Reset Thermal Type, lass 0, uto/manual Reset pplication Description Features The Type overload relay is Field selectable manual/ designed to protect industrial auto reset motors against overload larm contract factory conditions. Using modern available block type, bimetallic design, this relay will provide lass lass 0 600V design 0 operation in either single- Inverse time delay trip or three-phase applications. djustable trip rating ±15% olor coded reset rod: ompensated (gray) Non-compensated (red) ontents Description ontactors Non-Reversing and Reversing Starters Non-Reversing and Reversing Relays Thermal and Fast Trip Thermal Type, lass 0, Manual Reset Thermal Type, lass 0, uto/manual Reset Product Selection Technical Data and Specifications Dimensions Type FT Fast Trip, lass Heater Selection Relays urrent Sensing Protective Operation The Type overload relay is a bimetallic actuated device. The bimetal elements are operated by precisely calibrated heaters. The heater elements are connected either directly in the circuit to be measured, or through current transformers on applications NM Size 5 and larger. s the bimetals are heated by motor current flow, a deflection force is produced. Upon a sustained level of abnormal current flow, the deflection becomes great enough to open the snapaction output contact. Page V5-T-97 V5-T-103 V5-T-14 V5-T-16 V5-T-130 V5-T-130 V5-T-131 V5-T-13 V5-T-135 V5-T-137 utomatic Reset The Type overload relay can be supplied as an option on all 00 starters to provide automatic reset operation. The overload relay is always shipped in the non-automatic mode. To set up auto operation, reposition the reset rod by loosening and retightening a hold-down clamp at the base of overload relay. Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-19

131 .3 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series Product Selection Heaters nter heaters as separate item by listing catalog number from tables, Pages V5-T-135 and V5-T-136, as required per starter. Relays Type Overload Relay Single-Pole Panel Mounting Technical Data and Specifications ontrol ontact Ratings Thermal Type Overload Relay 1 Panel Mounted Starter Replacement Motor Full Load mps mbient omp. atalog Number Non-omp. atalog Number mbient omp. atalog Number Non-omp. atalog Number Single-Pole (One N ontact) P N11P 11 N P N1P 1 N P N31P 31 N P N41P 41 N41 Three-Pole (One N ontact) P N13P 13 N P N3P 3 N P N33P 33 N P N43P 43 N43 Normally losed Normally Open Volts Make reak Make reak Three-Pole ontrol ontact Ratings V 40 V 600 V 60 V Single-Pole ontrol ontact Ratings V 360 V 100 V 10 V Notes 1 For alarm contact (Form ), add Suffix. vailable only as factory modification on Type relay. Three-pole Type overload relay is a suitable alternative to a three-pole Type overload relay in manual reset mode. For example, 13JP for 13P, N3J for N3, and so on. (See Page V5-T-17.) V5-T-130 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

132 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series.3 Dimensions pproximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Type Single-Pole (Sizes 4 Shown) G H T S Dimensions Q F D Relay Size K Dia. Mtg. Holes N P M L Dimension (69.1) 3.48 (88.4) 4.19 (106.4) 4.5 (114.3) 0.94 (3.9) 0.67 (17.0) 0.5 (6.4) 0.38 (9.7).75 (69.9) 3.5 (88.9) 3.53 (89.7) 3.78 (96.0) D 3.5 (8.6) 3.5 (8.6) 4.13 (104.9) 4.13 (104.9).63 (66.8).63 (66.8) 3.38 (85.9) 3.38 (85.9) F 1.34 (34.0) 1.34 (34.0).19 (55.6).19 (55.6) G 0.5 (6.4) 0.5 (6.4) 0.8 (7.1) 0.8 (7.1) H 0.31 (7.9) 0.31 (7.9) 0.38 (9.7) 0.38 (9.7) J 0.06 (1.5) 0.06 (1.5) 0.06 (1.5) 0.06 (1.5) K 0. (5.6) 0. (5.6) 0.7 (6.8) 0.7 (6.8) L 1.34 (34.0) 1.34 (34.0) 1.69 (4.9) 1.69 (4.9) M 0.66 (16.8) 0.66 (16.8) 0.88 (.4) 0.88 (.4) N 0.16 (4.1) 0.16 (4.1) 0.7 (6.8) 0.7 (6.8) P 0. (5.6) 0. (5.6) 0.34 (8.6) 0.34 (8.6) Q 0.06 (1.5) 0.06 (1.5) 0.69 (17.5) 0.69 (17.5) R 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) 5.19 (131.8) 5.19 (131.8) S 0.47 (11.9) 0.47 (11.9) 0.59 (15.0) 0.59 (15.0) T 1.11 (8.) 1.11 (8.) 0.69 (17.5) 0.69 (17.5) J Trip Indicator ommon Terminal No Terminal (When Supplied) N Terminal R Three-Pole (Size 4 Shown) D G F R N Q P J Dia. 3 Mtg. Slots K H L M Dimensions Relay Size Dimension (60.5).44 (6.0) 3.13 (79.5) 3.38 (85.9) 3.13 (79.5) 3.17 (80.5) 4.06 (103.1) 4.38 (111.3) 0.36 (9.1) 0.33 (8.4) 0.44 (11.) 0.31 (7.9) D 1.66 (4.) 1.66 (4.). (56.4). (56.4) 0.17 (4.3) 0.17 (4.3) 0.5 (6.4) 0.5 (6.4) F.81 (71.4).81 (71.4) 3.38 (85.9) 3.38 (85.9) G 3.08 (78.) 3.08 (78.) 3.88 (98.6) 3.88 (98.6) H 0.47 (11.9) 0.47 (11.9) 0.47 (11.9) 0.47 (11.9) J 0.0 (5.1) 0.0 (5.1) 0.8 (7.1) 0.8 (7.1) K 0.8 (7.1) 0.8 (7.1) 0.47 (11.9) 0.47 (11.9) L 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) 5.8 (134.1) 5.8 (134.1) M 3.31 (84.1) 3.31 (84.1) 4.44 (11.8) 4.44 (11.8) N 1.80 (45.7) 1.80 (45.7).77 (70.4).77 (70.4) P 1.89 (48.0) 1.89 (48.0) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) Q 1.00 (5.4) 1.00 (5.4) 1.34 (34.0) 1.34 (34.0) R 1.03 (6.) 1.03 (6.) Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-131

133 .3 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series Type FT Fast Trip, lass 10 ontents Description ontactors Non-Reversing and Reversing Starters Non-Reversing and Reversing Relays Thermal and Fast Trip Thermal Type, lass 0, Manual Reset Thermal Type, lass 0, uto/manual Reset... Type FT Fast Trip, lass 10 Product Selection Technical Data and Specifications Dimensions Heater Selection Relays urrent Sensing Protective Page V5-T-97 V5-T-103 V5-T-14 V5-T-16 V5-T-19 V5-T-133 V5-T-133 V5-T-134 V5-T-135 V5-T-137 Type FT Fast Trip, lass 10 pplication Description The Type FT overload relay is designed to protect special purpose motors having restricted thermal and locked rotor capabilities. Using modern block type, bimetallic design, this relay will provide lass 10 operation in singleor three-phase applications. Operation The Type FT overload relay is a bimetallic actuated device. The bimetal elements are operated directly from line current, thus separate calibrating heater elements are not utilized. The overload relay may be wired directly in the motor circuit, or throughcurrent transformers on applications larger than 150. s the bimetals are heated by motor current flow, a deflection force is produced. Upon a sustained level of abnormal current flow, the deflection becomes great enough to open the snap action output contact. Features lass V design Inverse time delay trip olor coded reset rod green larm contact factory available Field selectable manual/ auto reset djustable trip rating ±0% mbient compensation included V5-T-13 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

134 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series.3 Product Selection Type FT Single-Pole Technical Data and Specifications ontrol ontact Ratings Note Type FT Single-Pole (One N ontact); Three-Phase (Three N ontacts in Series) 1 Panel Mounted Motor Full Load mperes Single-Pole atalog Number Three-Pole atalog Number NM Size Single-Pole atalog Number FT11P-1.1 FT13P-1.1 FT FT11P-1.6 FT13P-1.6 FT FT11P-.4 FT13P-.4 0, 1 FT FT11P-3.6 FT13P-3.6 0, 1 FT FT11P-5.4 FT13P-5.4 0, 1 FT FT11P-8.0 FT13P-8 0, 1 FT FT11P-1 FT13P-1 0, 1 FT FT11P-18 FT13P-18 1 FT FT13P-4 3 FT11P-3 FT13P-3 0, 1 FT FT1P-36 FT3P-36 FT FT1P-54 FT3P-54 1 FT FT31P-3 FT33P-3 3 FT FT31P-48 FT33P-48 3 FT FT31P-7 FT33P-7 3 FT FT41P-110 FT43P FT FT41P-150 FT43P FT Normally losed Normally Open 1 Single-pole (1NO-N contact): add suffix. Three-pole (3NO-N contacts): add suffix. xample: FT13P-1. Starter Replacement Volts Make reak Make reak V 360 V 100 V 10 V Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-133

135 .3 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series Dimensions pproximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Type FT Overload Relays Three-Pole, Size (8.6).81 (71.4) 0.17 (4.3) Three-Pole, Size 3.61 (91.7) 3.5 (8.6).81 (71.4) Three-Pole, Sizes 3, 4 D 3.88 (98.6) 3.38 (85.9) 0.5 (6.4) Dimensions 0.19 (4.8) 0.11 (.8) 1.30 (33.0) 1.64 (41.7) (4.8) (1.7) 1.00 (5.4) 1.30 (33.0) 0.06 (1.5) 0.16 (4.1) 1.75 (44.5) 0.69 (17.5) 0.11 (.8) 0.88 (.4) 0.50 (1.7) 1.00 (5.4) 3.8 (83.3) 1.64 (41.7) 0. (5.6) 3.8 (83.3) 0.17 (4.3) 3 Mtg. Holes 0. (5.6) 4.41 (11) (55.9) (1.) 1.4 (36.1) 1.75 (44.5) 0.69 (17.5) 0.69 (17.5) 0.17 (4.3) 3 Mtg. Holes 0.63 (16.0) Relay Size D (108.0) 0.53 (13.5).91 (73.9) 0.09 (.3) 0.06 (1.5) (114.3) 0.59 (15.0) 3.03 (77.0) 0. (5.6) 0.19 (4.8) 0.8 (7.1) 3 Mtg. Holes 4.49 (114) Hand Reset Pos (111.3) uto Reset Pos..7 (69.1) 0.06 (1.5) 0.38 (9.7) 4.49 (114) Hand Reset Pos (111.3) uto Reset Pos (88.4) 0.06 (1.5) 3.8 (83.3) 0.06 (1.5) 0.06 (1.5) 5.63 (143) Hand Reset Pos. 5.5 (140.) uto Reset Pos (84.1) 0.06 (1.5).81 (71.4) 0.8 (7.1) 0.06 (1.5) 0.74 (18.8) V5-T-134 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

136 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series.3 Heater Selection General Information on Heater oil Selection For maximum motor protection and compliance with rticle of the National lectrical ode, select heater coils from the tables in this section on the basis of motor nameplate full load current. When the full load current is unknown, selection may be made on the basis of average full load currents as shown on Pages V5-T-151 and V5-T-15. aution The average ratings could be high or low for a specific Type and Overload Relays, Sizes 3 and 4 Size Starter For Size 4 Starters For Size 3 Starters mbient ompensated nclosed Starters motor and therefore selection on this basis always involves risk. For fully reliable motor protection, select heater coils on the basis of full load current rating as shown on the motor nameplate. Heater coils are rated to protect 40 rise motors, and open and drip-proof motors having a service factor of 1.15 where the motor and the controller are at the same ambient temperature. Non-ompensating nclosed Starters ll pplications Full Load urrent of Motor mps FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH94 Heater (One Heater per atalog Number) atalog Number For other conditions: 1. For 50, 55, 75 rise motors and enclosed motors having a service factor of 1.0, select one size smaller coil.. mbient temperature of controller lower than motor by 6 (47 F), use one size smaller coil. 3. mbient temperature of controller higher than motor by 6 (47 F), use one size larger coil. Ultimate tripping current of heater coils is approximately 1.5 times the minimum current rating listed in the tables. Type and Overload Relays, Sizes 5 and 6 1 ompensated Overload Relay Heater (One Heater per Open Starter nclosed Starter atalog Number) Full Load urrent of Motor (mps) atalog Number Size 5 (with 300/5 urrent Transformers) FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH34 Size 6 (with 600/5 urrent Transformers) FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH34 Note 1 Size 7 and larger advise full load current. Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-135

137 .3 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series Type and Overload Relays, Sizes 0, 1 and Size Starter Non-ompensated Open Starters and mbient omp. Open and nclosed Starters lock Type Overload sing Three Heaters Single-Pole Type Overload Heater (One Heater per atalog Number) atalog Number Non-ompensating nclosed Starters lock Type Overload Using Three Heaters Single-Pole Type Overload Full Load urrent of Motor (mps) FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH57 For Size Starters For Size 1 Starters For Size 0 Starters Heater atalog Number V5-T-136 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

138 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series.3 Relays urrent Sensing Protective ontents Description ontactors Non-Reversing and Reversing Starters Non-Reversing and Reversing Relays Thermal and Fast Trip Thermal Type, lass 0, Manual Reset Thermal Type, lass 0, uto/manual Reset... Type FT Fast Trip, lass Heater Selection Relays urrent Sensing Protective Features Standards and ertifications Product Selection Dimensions Page V5-T-97 V5-T-103 V5-T-14 V5-T-16 V5-T-19 V5-T-13 V5-T-135 V5-T-138 V5-T-138 V5-T-138 V5-T-139 Relays urrent Sensing Protective Product Description The IQ500 is a heaterless, current-sensing, solid-state motor protective relay with optional communications capabilities. Several functions are incorporated into the base relay (IQ50/IQ504) as standard: Overload (overcurrent) protection Phase unbalance and phase loss protection Ground current protection (lass II) The base relay can serve as the initial building block for a motor protection system by adding the IQ500M Special Function Module. The module can address application related motor load functions with the additional features: Underload protection Long acceleration Jam protection Load control The IQ500 can provide a costeffective alternative to conventional protective relays such as current relays, ground fault relays and phase loss or phase unbalance relays. Used with the PowerNet system, a lowcost, local area communication network, information such as current values, status, setpoint values and cause of trip can be displayed remotely. The IQ500 relay is ideal for a variety of industrial applications such as mining, timber, material handling, air conditioning compressors, wastewater treatment plants and petrochemical industries. Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-137

139 .3 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series Features Overload class is adjustable using DIP switches for 5, 10, 0 or 30 seconds, maximum trip times at six times rated current Designed for 1000V and less distribution systems Form (NO/N) contact on output relay Isolated alarm relay output contact ommunications capability using IMP network Manual or automatic reset (either a true manual or remote electrical reset) selectable Overload, lass II ground current, phase unbalance and single-phase protection are standard LD indication (bicolored red/green) for device status, including overload, phase unbalance or ground current trip Special Function Module adds protection for underload and jam conditions, also provides for long acceleration Standards and ertifications UL File No. 193 Product Selection IQ50 Optional load control feature available with special function module Feed-through current transformer windows for contactors, NM Sizes 1 4 (for Size 5 and larger, external current transformers can be used) Fits mounting footprint of aton s MOR relay Panel or starter mountable ause of trip is held in memory through a power loss ell alarm contact available for remote status indication DIP switch provided for setting operating frequency 50 or 60 Hz Plug-in terminal block for control power, trip relay and bell alarm relay connections Operating temperature: 0 to 60 ( 4 to 140 F) enefits No external current transformers are required since they are internal to the IQ500 urrent Sensing Protective Relay Maximum Horsepower Note 1 an be used with external Ts having 5 secondary. DIP switches used to select functions and settings on base relay are clearly marked and covered with screw-on plastic covers On the automatic reset, the reset times can be selected for long (90 second) or short (10 second) delay Device can be set for different motor full load currents without additional parts or modules Optional enefits With the addition of the IQ500M Special Function Module, the enhanced protection includes jam (overtorque) and underload and provides long acceleration time (high inertia load) The underload and jam protection functions each have independent Form output relays as part of the module. In addition, the underload and jam functions each have their own LDs for status indication ontrol Voltage 00V 30V V mpere Rating 110/10V 50/60 Hz atalog Number 0/40V 50/60 Hz atalog Number IQ50 IQ IQ504 IQ IQ500L 1 IQ500L 1 Special function module IQ500M IQ500M The underload and jam functions also have separate selectable trip levels and adjustable tripdelay and start-delay settings The IQ500M can be used as a load control module that allows shedding and restoring a particular load that contributes to the load being monitored The PONI (Product Operated Network Interface) card attaches directly to the base relay or special function module for interfacing with the aton s PowerNet communications system Localized display can be achieved with the entral Monitoring Unit V5-T-138 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

140 NM ontactors and Starters 00 Series.3 Dimensions pproximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) urrent Sensing Protective Relays IQ504 IQ500L and IQ (4.8) Dia Tap Holes 0.44 (11.) Dia..88 (73.) 3.59 (91.) 4.5 (114.3) 0.5 (1.7) 1.88 (47.8) 3.59 (91.) 0.53 (13.5) 4.88 (14.0) (63.5) (76.) 3.5 (8.6) (30.) (19.8).75 (69.9) 4.13 (104.9) 0.81 (0.6) Dia. 0.5 (1.7) Dia (138.9) 4.88 (14.0) 5.47 (138.9) 4.13 (104.9) Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-139

141 .4 NM ontactors and Starters Solenoids lternating urrent Solenoids lternating urrent ontents Description Solenoids lternating urrent Product Selection Dimensions Page V5-T-141 V5-T-14 Product Description Solenoids from aton s lectrical Sector are used for a wide variety of applications where straight line motion is to be obtained automatically or at a remote point. Features Plunger and frame are machined to ensure quiet operation Push- and pull-type operation With and without terminal box Plunger provided with connecting pin Size and D solenoids are provided with special bearing to minimize wear in clevis under severe service V5-T-140 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

142 NM ontactors and Starters Solenoids lternating urrent.4 Product Selection When Ordering Specify atalog number Solenoids 60 Hz, ontinuous Duty Operating Data 1 Magnetic Force in Lbs Without With onduit ox onduit ox Horizontal Position With Gravity gainst Gravity urrent Max. Floor Mtg. Wall Mtg. Mtg. Size Volt. t 100% Voltage t 85% Voltage t 100% Voltage t 85% Voltage t 100% Voltage t 85% Voltage Stroke in Inches (mm) Inrush Sealed atalog Number atalog Number atalog Number 60 Hertz Pull Type (5.4) H H (5.4) H 10370H (5.4) H H (5.4) H H H (5.4) H H H (5.4) H H H (31.8) H H (31.8) H H (31.8) H H58 D (31.8) H H H (31.8) H H H (31.8) H H H Hertz Push Type (5.4) H H (5.4) H H (5.4) H H (5.4) H H H (5.4) H H H (5.4) H H H (31.8) H H (31.8) H H (31.8) H H8 D (31.8) H H H (31.8) H H H (31.8) H H H394 Notes 1 Mounting of solenoids with conduit box Size are for wall mounting Size, and D are for floor mounting. Recommended selection of solenoids on basis of 85% voltage values. 3 Part numbers are now obsolete. Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-141

143 .4 NM ontactors and Starters Solenoids lternating urrent Dimensions pproximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Solenoids Wall Mounted Dimensions and Shipping Weights Note D 1 In sealed state. Floor Mounted D Push Type Mounting Shipping Pull Type Mounting Shipping Size Wide High 1 Deep D Weight Lbs (kg) Wide High 1 Deep D Weight Lbs (kg) Wall Mounted.38 (60.5) 3.63 (9.).5 (57.) 1.13 (8.7) 1.63 (41.4).0 (0.9).38 (60.5).63 (66.8).5 (57.) 1.13 (8.7) 1.63 (41.4).0 (0.9).63 (66.8) 4.88 (14.0) 3.00 (76.).00 (50.8).13 (54.1).5 (1.1).63 (66.8) 3.63 (9.) 3.00 (76.).00 (50.8).13 (54.1).5 (1.1) 3.00 (76.) 6.13 (155.7) 4.13 (104.9).38 (60.5) 3.13 (79.5) 5.0 (.3) 3.00 (76.) 4.88 (14.0) 4.13 (104.9).38 (60.5) 3.13 (79.5) 5.0 (.3) D 4.00 (101.6) 6.13 (155.7) 4.13 (104.9).75 (69.9) 3.13 (79.5) 7.0 (3.) 4.00 (101.6) 4.88 (14.0) 4.13 (104.9).75 (69.9) 3.13 (79.5) 7.0 (3.) Floor Mounted 3.13 (79.5) 4.88 (14.0) 3.00 (76.) 1.50 (38.1).5 (57.).5 (1.1) 3.13 (79.5) 3.88 (98.6) 3.00 (76.) 1.50 (38.1).5 (57.).5 (1.1) 3.50 (88.9) 6.13 (155.7) 3.75 (95.3) 1.75 (44.5) 3.13 (79.5) 5.0 (.3) 3.50 (88.9) 4.88 (14.0) 3.75 (95.3) 1.75 (44.5) 3.13 (79.5) 5.0 (.3) D 3.88 (98.6) 6.13 (155.7) 3.75 (95.3).5 (57.) 3.13 (79.5) 7.0 (3.) 3.88 (98.6) 4.88 (14.0) 3.75 (95.3).5 (57.) 3.13 (79.5) 7.0 (3.) V5-T-14 Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October 017

144 NM ontactors and Starters Shoe rakes and D Magnetic.5 Shoe rakes and D, 511 Series ontents Description Shoe rakes and D Magnetic Product Selection Dimensions Page V5-T-144 V5-T-146 Product Description Type S rakes from aton s lectrical Sector are electrically released and spring applied providing fail-safe operation. The retarding torque developed is directly proportional to the spring pressure. pplication Description onveyors Machine tools Printing presses Small cranes Overhead doors Dumb waiters Vacuum molding machines arnival rides Features The brake wheel is of relatively large size in relation to the torque developed by the brake. This permits use of a larger brake shoe lining and lower shoe pressures. Low shoe pressure, equally distributed over a large lining area, results in even wear of the friction surfaces and even braking torque. The oversize wheel type construction also permits use of a smaller operating solenoid that requires less current for a given torque rating. D rakes Standard D brakes are equipped with shunt coils. The magnet coil circuit on D brakes consists of two separate windings and a protective switch. Mounting Type S brakes are designed and recommended for use and mounting only in the horizontal position. Side or vertical mountings are not recommended because the solenoid loading is altered, resulting in accelerated wear and premature coil failure. Volume 5 Motor ontrol and Protection October V5-T-143

NEMA Contactors and Starters

NEMA Contactors and Starters NM ontactors and Starters NM N16N0 NM Size 1 Starter NM Size 1 ontactor.1 Product Overview.............................................. 242 Features, enefits and Functions..................................

More information

.1 NM ontactors and Starters Product Overview starters and contactors feature a compact, space-saving design, using state-of-the-art technology and th

.1 NM ontactors and Starters Product Overview starters and contactors feature a compact, space-saving design, using state-of-the-art technology and th NM ontactors and Starters NM N16N0 NM Size 1 Starter.1 Product Overview.............................................. Features, enefits and Functions.................................. Standards and ertifications......................................

More information

28.1. NEMA Contactors and Starters. Contents. Contactors Non-Reversing and Reversing. Freedom Series. Product Description

28.1. NEMA Contactors and Starters. Contents. Contactors Non-Reversing and Reversing. Freedom Series. Product Description .1 NM ontactors and Starters Non- and ontactors ontactors Non- and Product escription Non- ontactors are most commonly used to switch motor loads in applications where running overcurrent protection is

More information

Starters. NEMA Contactors & NEMA Contactors & Starters Contents

Starters. NEMA Contactors & NEMA Contactors & Starters Contents January Vol., Ref. No. [007] - NM ontactors & Starters ontents Page Freedom Line Product Family Overview......................................... - ontactors Non-reversing and Reversing.........................

More information

June 2005 CN35 Electrically Held Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0494]

June 2005 CN35 Electrically Held Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0494] 7-2 Lighting ontactors Open ontrol June 2005 N5 lectrically Held Vol. 2, Ref. No. [09] ontents eatures Instructional Leaflets 7 escription Page lectrically Held Product escription....... 7-2 pplication

More information

4.2. Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters. Contents A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole C25. Contactors

4.2. Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters. Contents A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole C25. Contactors .2 Definite Purpose and Starters 5 360, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole 25 5 360, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole 25 Product Description Eaton offers the most comprehensive line of definite purpose contactors in

More information

Motor Control. Contactors C 25 D N A 2 15 A A CATALOG SELECTION. Definite Purpose Contactors Catalog Numbering System. Contactors

Motor Control. Contactors C 25 D N A 2 15 A A CATALOG SELECTION. Definite Purpose Contactors Catalog Numbering System. Contactors Selection ompact Definite Purpose Motor ontrol TLOG SELETION Definite Purpose ing System 2 D N 2 Model = ontactor = Three-Phase Starter = Single-Phase Starter Type 2 = Non-Reversing 27 = Non-Reversing

More information

Contactors & Starters. Definite Purpose. Definite Purpose Contactors & Starters C-1. Contents

Contactors & Starters. Definite Purpose. Definite Purpose Contactors & Starters C-1. Contents Definite Purpose ontactors & Starters - July 007 Definite Purpose ontactors & Starters ontents Description Page Product Family Overview pplication Description........................................ -

More information

Open, NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4/4X and 12. Auxiliary Contacts

Open, NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4/4X and 12. Auxiliary Contacts 0.- Motor Starters & ontactors Low Voltage Lighting ontactors lectrically eld N January 00 Sheet 18 0 1 7 8 0 1 7 8 0 N-Open (L0-nclosed) 0 mpere 0 mpere Product escription Lighting ontactors are designed

More information

NEMA Contactors & Starters (Freedom)

NEMA Contactors & Starters (Freedom) Page 1 February, 1 Supersedes TIP AN1, AN, CN1, CN Pages 1-0, Dated 1/1/4 ECN01, ECN0, ECN0, ECN0, ECN0 AN1, AN, CN1 & CN Sizes 00-, 00V Max. Non-Reversing & Reversing NEMA Type Enclosures 1, R, 4X & 1

More information

NEMA Contactors & Starters A200

NEMA Contactors & Starters A200 March 007 NM ontactors & Starters 00 ontactors Non-reversing and Reversing -7 ontents escription Page ontactors Non-reversing and Reversing............ -7 Product escription Sizes 00 4............ -7 Product

More information

Definite Purpose Control. Product Focus

Definite Purpose Control. Product Focus Product Focus Innovation in Eaton s utler-hammer efinite Purpose (P) ontactors are designed to improve control of refrigeration, air conditioning, ventilation and resistance heating applications. The

More information

3. Coils shall be of molded construction

3. Coils shall be of molded construction .7-4 Motor Starters & Contactors Low Voltage Enclosures General Non-Combination Starters January 00 Sheet 8 0 7 8 9 4 Non-Combination Starters Maximum hp, Volts Typical Non-Combination Starter Application

More information

Product Selection 3-Pole Contactors

Product Selection 3-Pole Contactors - Contactors and January 0 Vol., Ref. No. [06] Product Selection -Pole Contactors When Ordering Specify Select required contactor by Catalog Number and replace the magnet coil alpha designation in the

More information

A200 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200

A200 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Starters Non-reversing and Reversing 11 Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Table 11. Open Reversing Starters Dimensions NEM of Poles Fig. Mounting Dimensions in Inches (mm) Screws

More information

Enclosures. See Section Typical Description

Enclosures. See Section Typical Description January 00 Sheet 1187 Motor Starters & Contactors Low Voltage Enclosures General Individual Enclosed, ac Full Voltage.7- Combination Starters Maximum 00 hp, Volts Application Size 1, NEMA 1, Enclosed Magnetic

More information

Lighting Contactors. 6.1 Open Control. Product Overview...

Lighting Contactors. 6.1 Open Control. Product Overview... Lighting Contactors C30CN Mechanically and Electrically Held.1 Product Overview........................................ C30CN Mechanically and Electrically Held Product Description....................................

More information

2.1. NEMA Contactors and Starters

2.1. NEMA Contactors and Starters 3A Overload C306DN3B Contents Contactors Non-Reversing and Reversing...... Starters Three-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage.................... Starters Single-Phase Non-Reversing, Full Voltage,

More information

ECN A A A - B - C - D - E - F - A - B - C - D - E - F - NEMA Size 5 - Size Size Size Size Size 9

ECN A A A - B - C - D - E - F - A - B - C - D - E - F - NEMA Size 5 - Size Size Size Size Size 9 February 999 NEA Freedom Contactors and ers Catalog Number Selection - ECN A A F - Design N = Nema odification Codes (See Pages -6 to -) Class Page 0 - Contactors -4 0 - Reversing Contactors -8 05 - FVNR

More information

Contactors & Starters Index

Contactors & Starters Index ontactors & Starters Index NEMA ontrol Description Page Number General Information - HP... A Magnetic ontactors - HP...4 A Magnetic Reversing ontactors - HP... 4 A Magnetic Starters - HP... A Magnetic

More information

TABLE OF CONTENTS. Description Page Description Page. SETI Finland. Approvals:

TABLE OF CONTENTS. Description Page Description Page. SETI Finland. Approvals: 3 ulletin 100 IEC Contactors ulletin 100 15 Sizes, 9 600 Guarded Terminals Dual Terminal Markings DC Control Option through 180 Wide Range of ccessories Top and Side Mounting uxiliary Contacts Timers Latches

More information

Pump Panels Type 3R Enclosure

Pump Panels Type 3R Enclosure Type R Enclosure Product Family Overview June 6 Product escription The utler-hammer Pump ontrollers from Eaton s electrical business are combination starters with accessories and modifications designed

More information

QO and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers QO Circuit Breaker Accessories

QO and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers QO Circuit Breaker Accessories QO and Miniature ircuit reakers QO ircuit reaker ccessories lass 1130 / Refer to atalog 0730T9801 IRUIT RKRS ccessories for Use with QO and QO Miniature ircuit reakers Handle ttachments escription at.

More information

E C N A A F -

E C N A A F - 33-52 NA ontactors & Starters 3-Phase agnetic Starters nclosed Freedom Line January 1 Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0068] Selection Table 33-102. NA Freedom Line nclosed ontrol ing System 33 esign Page N - NA 33-40

More information

Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters

Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters 0 40A Compact Contactor 25 60A Starter Heavy-Duty Special Purpose.1 Product Overview Contactors and Starters Product Overview.............................................. 2 Application Description..........................................

More information

4.4. Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters A Starters A27, B27. NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control

4.4. Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters A Starters A27, B27. NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control . 15 5A Starters A27, B27 Contents Description Page 15 60A Contactors C25................... V5-T-6 25 60A Starters A25, B25................. V5-T-9 15 5A Starters A27, B27 Product Selection.......................

More information

Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters

Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters 0 0A Compact Contactor 25 60A Starter Heavy-Duty Special Purpose.1 Product Overview Contactors and Starters Product Overview........................................ Application Description....................................

More information

QO and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers

QO and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers QO and Miniature ircuit reakers Miniature ircuit reakers lass 720 / Refer to atalog 0730T9801 Low mpere Miniature ircuit reakers unit mount miniature circuit breakers (cable-in/cable-out) are ideal for

More information

Selection Information Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Selection Information Molded Case Circuit Breakers Selection Information Molded ase ircuit reakers lass 500, 600, 800 PowerPact 150 H-rame PowerPact 250 J-rame Trip Version Trip Version ircuit reaker Type H H HJ HL HR J J JJ JL JR Number of 2, 3 2, 3 2,

More information

Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters

Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters 0 0A Compact Contactor 25 60A Starter Heavy-Duty Special Purpose.1 Product Overview Contactors and Starters Product Overview........................................ Application Description....................................

More information

Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters

Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters 0 0A Compact Contactor 25 60A Starter Heavy-Duty Special Purpose.1 Product Overview Contactors and Starters Product Overview........................................ Application Description....................................

More information

SMP-2 Overload Relay. Product Selection Overview Feature SMP-1 SMP-2 SMP-3 TABLE OF CONTENTS. Description Page Description Page

SMP-2 Overload Relay. Product Selection Overview Feature SMP-1 SMP-2 SMP-3 TABLE OF CONTENTS. Description Page Description Page 3 ulletin 93 ulletin 93 SMP- Overload Relay SMP-3 Overload Relay SMP-2 Overload Relay Product Selection Overview Feature SMP- SMP-2 SMP-3 Self-Powered 3.2: djustment Range Phase Loss Protection Selectable

More information

ESW/PESW. Non-Combination Starters

ESW/PESW. Non-Combination Starters ESW/PESW Enclosed Non-Combination General WEG offers non-reversing and non-combination magnetic starters up to 75HP at 460Vac (105). Featuring components that meet IEC design standards and UL horsepower

More information

and Refrigeration Institute). CNX Special Purpose Contactors

and Refrigeration Institute). CNX Special Purpose Contactors Series C7 Special Use Contactors Contactors designed and labeled for specific industrial applications Special Use Contactors Hydraulic elevator duty contactors HVC rated contactors Lighting contactors

More information

General + Definite Purpose Contactors

General + Definite Purpose Contactors General + Definite Purpose General Information... 2 Horse Power Rating Charts... 4 Contact Life... 8 Contactor Number Structure... Series C8 Miniature and Starters... 3 ccessories... 2 Contactor Cross

More information

Self-protected Combination Starters System PKZ 2-SP

Self-protected Combination Starters System PKZ 2-SP Self-protected Combination Starters System PKZ 2-SP 03/035 PKZ 2/ZM/S-SP motor starters: a higher level of protection and versatility : The PKZ 2/ZM/S-SP is a self-protected starter, the first motor controller

More information

Selection Information Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Selection Information Molded Case Circuit Breakers Selection Information Molded ase ircuit reakers lass 500, 600, 800 100 rame 100 -rame IRUIT RKRS 3 ircuit reaker Type (240 V) H Hb H I Y Number of 1, 2, 3 1 2, 3 1 1 2, 3 2, 3 1 urrent Range 15 100 15

More information

XT IEC Power Control Manual Motor Protectors

XT IEC Power Control Manual Motor Protectors May 07 Product Selection Table 7. Rotary with Screw Terminals Global Ratings and North American Ratings Type and Type 2 Coordination Motor Protective Device with Thermal and Magnetic Trip Rated Uninterrupted

More information

MOTOR TERMINAL CONNECTIONS

MOTOR TERMINAL CONNECTIONS MOTOR TERMINAL CONNECTIONS Motor Classification Most of the industrial machines in use today are driven by electric motors Motors are classified according to the type of power used (AC or DC) and the motors

More information

GTEC Transfer switch Open transition

GTEC Transfer switch Open transition GTE Transfer switch Open transition 40-2000 amp Description GTE transfer switches combine reliability and flexibility in a small, economical package for transferring loads between a utility and a generator

More information

Operation and Protection of Motors up to 600Hp at 460Vac (800A)

Operation and Protection of Motors up to 600Hp at 460Vac (800A) Operation and of Motors up to 600Hp at 460Vac (800) WEG enclosed starters series were designed to meet the requirements and flexibility frequently demanded in industrial applications. Featuring components

More information

MAKING MODERN LIVING POSSIBLE. Technical brochure. Minicontactors CI 5-

MAKING MODERN LIVING POSSIBLE. Technical brochure. Minicontactors CI 5- MKING MODERN LIVING POSSIBLE Technical brochure Minicontactors CI 5- www.danfoss.com 2 IC.PD.C10.F3.02-520B4167 Danfoss /S, C-SMC, mr, 07-2010 Contents Page Minicontactor CI 5- Introduction...............................................................................4

More information

Selection Guide Motor Control Device Solutions

Selection Guide Motor Control Device Solutions Selection Guide Motor Control Device Solutions Expect more and get it from c3controls. Our portfolio of Motor Control Devices consists of worldclass products designed and manufactured to meet your requirements

More information

[V] Common Control Transformer Control (See page 1-78 Note)

[V] Common Control Transformer Control (See page 1-78 Note) Bulletin NEM Combination Non-Reversing Starters Product Selection Circuit Breaker Type NEM Size Continuous mpere Rating [] Bulletin NEM starter sizes Overload relays: Eutectic supplied as standard, solid-state

More information

Instructions for A200, A210, A250 size 6, two- or three-pole non-reversing or reversing motor controllers

Instructions for A200, A210, A250 size 6, two- or three-pole non-reversing or reversing motor controllers Instruction Leaflet IL0330300E Supersedes I.L. 7055C, Pages 8, Dated June 998 Instructions for A00, A0, A50 size 6, two- or three-pole non-reversing or reversing motor controllers Contents Description

More information

9070T150D1 Industrial Control Transformer, 150VA

9070T150D1 Industrial Control Transformer, 150VA Product Data Sheet 9070T150D1 Industrial ontrol Transformer, 150 Technical haracteristics Application Approvals atalog Reference Number Depth Height Width Winding Material Temperature Rise Type Primary

More information

AF series contactors (9 2650)

AF series contactors (9 2650) R E32527 R E39322 contactors General purpose and motor applications AF series contactors (9 2650) 3- & 4-pole contactors General purpose up to 2700 A Motor applications up to 50 hp, 900 kw NEMA Sizes 00

More information

Contactor Types CI 61-98

Contactor Types CI 61-98 MKING MODERN LIVING POSSIBLE Data sheet Contactor s CI 6-98 Contactors CI 6, CI 73, CI 86 and CI 98 switch powers of up to 30 kw, 37 kw, 45 kw and 55 kw respectively under 3 380 V C-3 loads. ccessories

More information

Overview V10-T1-2 V10-T1-2 V10-T1-3 V10-T1-4 V10-T1-5 V10-T1-6 V10-T1-7 V10-T1-7 V10-T1-8

Overview V10-T1-2 V10-T1-2 V10-T1-3 V10-T1-4 V10-T1-5 V10-T1-6 V10-T1-7 V10-T1-7 V10-T1-8 Enclosed Control. Welcome............................................... Eaton Corporation........................................ Eaton Support and Service Center Capabilities.................. Technical

More information

Presentation, Application Severe Duty Limit Switches Mill and Foundry Switches Conforming to NEMA A600 and UL508

Presentation, Application Severe Duty Limit Switches Mill and Foundry Switches Conforming to NEMA A600 and UL508 Presentation, pplication Severe uty Limit Switches 0 onforming to NEM 600 and UL508 escription 9007T Mill Switches Use the 9007T Mill switches instead of other limit switches in the following applications:

More information

Standard voltages. Alternating current (V) /60Hz Alternating current (V)

Standard voltages. Alternating current (V) /60Hz Alternating current (V) Three and four pole contactors 50 to 825 (3) 200 to 250 () ontactors ontrol circuit: lternating current up to 690V irect current up to 500V egree of protection P00 (Pxx with accessories) K07K3: auxiliary

More information

Approved Standards. Ordering Information. Mini Contactor Relays 4-pole J7KNA-AR. Model Number Legend. Main contactor. Accessories

Approved Standards. Ordering Information. Mini Contactor Relays 4-pole J7KNA-AR. Model Number Legend. Main contactor. Accessories Mini Contactor Relays 4-pole J7KN-R ) Main contactor C & DC operated 4-, 6- and 8-pole versions in different configurations Positively guided contacts Screw fixing and snap fitting (35 mm DIN rail) Rated

More information

NEMA Vacuum Break Contactors and Starters

NEMA Vacuum Break Contactors and Starters NEMA Vacuum Break Contactors and Starters NEMA Vacuum Break Starter.1 Product Description....................................... Application Description.................................... Operation...............................................

More information

1.1. Contactors and Starters... Contents Description Relays and Timers... Miniature Controls... Manual Motor Protectors. XT IEC Power Control

1.1. Contactors and Starters... Contents Description Relays and Timers... Miniature Controls... Manual Motor Protectors. XT IEC Power Control Contents Description Relays and Timers......................... Miniature Controls......................... Contactors and Starters.................... Thermal Overload Relays.................... C440/XT

More information

3RV1011-0DA15 CIRCUIT-BREAKER, SIZE S00,

3RV1011-0DA15 CIRCUIT-BREAKER, SIZE S00, Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution > Industrial Controls > Protection Equipment > Circuit Breakers/Motor Starter Protectors > Motor Starter Protectors SIRIUS RV up to 00 A RV0-0DA5 CIRCUIT-BREAKER,

More information

AF09... AF30 3-pole Contactors up to 25 HP / 600 VAC

AF09... AF30 3-pole Contactors up to 25 HP / 600 VAC AF09... AF0 -pole Contactors up to 25 HP / 600 VAC Contactors and Overload Relays Overview.../0 AF09... AF0 -pole Contactors.../2 Main Technical Data.../8 Main Accessory Fitting Details.../2 Main Accessory.../24

More information

AF series contactors (9 2650)

AF series contactors (9 2650) R E32527 R E39322 contactors General purpose and motor applications AF series contactors (9 2650) 3- & 4-pole contactors General purpose up to 2700 A Motor applications up to 50 hp, 900 kw NEMA Sizes 00

More information

MERCURY CONTACTORS & RELAYS

MERCURY CONTACTORS & RELAYS MERCURY CONTACTORS & RELAYS PHONE: 704-399-4248 FAX: 704-399-4167 WWW.SETHERMAL.COM INDEX GLOSSARYOFTERMS&EXPRESSIONS...1 GENERALINFORMATIONFEATURES&SELECTIONFACTORS...13 MERCURY TO METAL CONTACTORS AND

More information

Multi-Pak Group Control

Multi-Pak Group Control Multi-Pak Grouping.1 Product....................................... Application.................................... Features Enclosures........................................... V-T-2 V-T-2 V-T-2 Feeder

More information

Electropneumatic Timing Relays Series 7000 Industrial

Electropneumatic Timing Relays Series 7000 Industrial DESIGN FEATURES Available in On-Delay, True Off-Delay, and On/Off-Delay. Timing from 0.1 seconds to 60 minutes, fully calibrated in linear increments. Oversize time-calibrated adjustment knobs, serrated

More information

Chapter 8. Understanding the rules detailed in the National Electrical Code is critical to the proper installation of motor control circuits.

Chapter 8. Understanding the rules detailed in the National Electrical Code is critical to the proper installation of motor control circuits. Chapter 8 Understanding the rules detailed in the National Electrical Code is critical to the proper installation of motor control circuits. Article 430 of the NEC covers application and installation of

More information

For the most up-to-date information

For the most up-to-date information www.square.com or the most up-to-date information Thermal-magnetic Molded ase ircuit reakers, 2 mpere rame lass 5,, 734, 8 IL3 JL 3-pole circuit breaker -frame, Thermal-magnetic ( Vac) mpere Magnetic Trip

More information

AF09... AF38 4-pole Contactors AC / DC Operated - with Screw Terminals

AF09... AF38 4-pole Contactors AC / DC Operated - with Screw Terminals AF09... AF38 4-pole Contactors AC / DC Operated - with Screw Terminals 25 to 55 A culus CE Application AF09... AF38 4-pole contactors are used for controlling power circuits up to 600 V AC and 240 V DC.

More information

Circuit Breakers. Switching & Controls. Selection Guide NC1V Series Dimensions...

Circuit Breakers. Switching & Controls.  Selection Guide NC1V Series Dimensions... Switching & ontrols Selection Guide... 1028 1V Series... 1029 Dimensions... 1035 www.ide.com/circuitbreaker ircuit Breakers Switches & Pilot Lights Signaling Lights Relays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal

More information

Motor Control. Motor Control Electrical Aftermarket Products and Services Contents

Motor Control. Motor Control Electrical Aftermarket Products and Services Contents June 00 Aftermarket Solutions, Ref. No. [] - CA0000E Contents Description Page Contactors, Starters & Brakes................................... - Product Description.........................................

More information

ECET 211 Electric Machines & Controls Lecture 6 Contactors and Motor Starters. Lecture 6 Contactors and Motor Starters

ECET 211 Electric Machines & Controls Lecture 6 Contactors and Motor Starters. Lecture 6 Contactors and Motor Starters ECET 211 Electric Machines & Controls Lecture 6 Contactors and Motor Starters Text Book: Chapter 6, Electric Motors and Control Systems, by Frank D. Petruzella, published by McGraw Hill, 2015. Paul I-Hai

More information

Contents. Volume 5 Motor Control and Protection CA E April

Contents. Volume 5 Motor Control and Protection CA E April Definite Purpose Contactors and.3 25 60A, Single- and Three-Phase A25, B25 25 60A, Single- and Three-Phase A25, B25 Product Description A25 and B25 Definite Purpose from Eaton s electrical sector combine

More information

C -5 to +55 (0.8 to 1.1Uc) Permissible o

C -5 to +55 (0.8 to 1.1Uc) Permissible o T - Line Contactors 3 & 4 Pole Contactors with C operating coils General Characteristics Type Unit TC1-D09 ~ TC1-D95 Rated insulation voltage (Ui) (Conforming to IEC 158-1) V 750 VDEO 110grC/IEC 60947-4

More information

Mini Contactors CI 4-

Mini Contactors CI 4- Data sheet Mini Contactors CI 4- Introduction CI 4 minicontactors cover the power range 1.5 to 5.9 kw and are available for a.c. and d.c. coil voltages. Characteristic of the minicontactors is that they

More information

GE Consumer & Industrial. M-PACT New Air Circuit Breaker A

GE Consumer & Industrial. M-PACT New Air Circuit Breaker A GE onsumer & Industrial M-PT New ir ircuit reaker 400-4000 M-PT M-PT ir ircuit reaker 400-4000 1 ir circuit breakers 400-4000.4 Fixed ircuit reaker.6 Withdrawable ircuit reaker.7 haracteristics.9 State

More information

Micro Contactor MA Series

Micro Contactor MA Series Relay-sized contactor, making it the world s smallest >3mm contact clearance acc. to IEC 60335-1 for Safety Applications Reversing contactor with mechanical interlock 3 Pole and 1 Aux. Contact NO or NC

More information

Approved Standards. Motor Contactor. Main contactor. Accessoires. 21 Motor Contactor J7KN

Approved Standards. Motor Contactor. Main contactor. Accessoires. 21 Motor Contactor J7KN Motor Contactor Main contactor AC & DC operated Integrated auxiliary contacts Screw fixing and snap fitting (35 mm DIN rail) up to 45 kw Range from 4 to 110 kw (AC 3, 380/415V) Finger proof ( VBG 4) Accessoires

More information

General + Definite Purpose Contactors

General + Definite Purpose Contactors General + Definite Purpose Contactors General Information... 2 Horse Power Rating Charts... 4 Contact Life... 8 Contactor Number Structure... Contactors Series C8 Miniature Contactors and Starters... 3

More information

Types of Motor Starters There are several types of motor starters. However, the two most basic types of these electrical devices are:

Types of Motor Starters There are several types of motor starters. However, the two most basic types of these electrical devices are: Introduction Motor starters are one of the major inventions for motor control applications. As the name suggests, a starter is an electrical device which controls the electrical power for starting a motor.

More information

Softstarters Type PSS. Softstarters. General information

Softstarters Type PSS. Softstarters. General information General information The PSS Softstarter line brings a wide array of benefits for smaller motors in a flexible, compact form. The PSS "Flexible" Softstarter line PSS18/30 to PSS300/515 softstarters provide

More information

Short form catalogue. Motor protection & control

Short form catalogue. Motor protection & control Short form catalogue Star Series Motor protection & control Motor Protection and Control up to 25 HP / 600 VAC Overview...2 Contactors and Overload Relays...11 4-pole Contactors...41 Control Relays...59

More information

contactor may be required to interrupt up to 200% current. The N.O. contacts are equipped with permanent magnet blowouts to meet this requirement.

contactor may be required to interrupt up to 200% current. The N.O. contacts are equipped with permanent magnet blowouts to meet this requirement. DP Contactors DC Control DP Definite Purpose Contactors are designed for DC adjustable speed drive circuits using silicon controlled rectifier switching and other controls where a combination of normally

More information

4.1. Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters. Contents

4.1. Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters. Contents . Definite Purpose and Starters Product Overview and Starters Definite Purpose and Starters Contents Description Page 20 0A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole C25................................ V5-T- 5 360A,

More information

Circuit Breakers. Switching & Controls. Selection Guide NC1V Series Dimensions Accessories

Circuit Breakers. Switching & Controls. Selection Guide NC1V Series Dimensions Accessories Switching & ontrols Selection Guide... 922 1V Series... 923 Dimensions... 929 Accessories... 932 ircuit Breakers Switches & Pilot Lights Signaling Lights Relays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks

More information

D I D /240 I. D x /240 I D / x x /24 I. D x /120

D I D /240 I. D x /240 I D / x x /24 I. D x /120 ndustrial ontrol Transformers lass 9070 www.square.com or the most up-to-date information The T units are designed for the global market and are the best choice when size and cost are of concern. This

More information

Switches Unlimited Phone: * Fax:

Switches Unlimited Phone: * Fax: For Info: sales@switchesunlimited.com www.switchesunlimited.com Phone: 800-1-0487 Fax: 718-67-6370 Page -4 Page -8 THREE-POLE CONTACTORS IEC Ith ratings in AC1 duty at 40 C: 16 to 1600A IEC Ie ratings

More information

Efficor* Intro. Conformity to standards. Ambient conditions. Climatic resistance (IEC 68-2) Approvals/Marking. Mounting positions

Efficor* Intro. Conformity to standards. Ambient conditions. Climatic resistance (IEC 68-2) Approvals/Marking. Mounting positions fficor* onformity to standards /N 60947-1 04 /N 60947-4-1 UL508 /N 60947-5-1 UL486 /N 60947-5-4 S22- N500 N 16 101/102 N50012 N50005 pprovals/marking mbient conditions Storage temperature -55º to +80º

More information

3.1. NEMA Manual Starters. Contents Description Types B230, B330, Switches... MS Series, Single-Phase Starters...

3.1. NEMA Manual Starters.   Contents Description Types B230, B330, Switches... MS Series, Single-Phase Starters... Product Description The B100 Manual Motor Starters can be used in single-phase applications rated hp at 240 Vac or 2 hp at 20 Vdc. The starter can also be rated for three-phase applications up to 10 hp

More information

CI-TI TM Contactors and Motor Starters Contactors CI 6-50

CI-TI TM Contactors and Motor Starters Contactors CI 6-50 Data sheet CI-TI TM Contactors and Motor Starters Contactors CI 6-50 Description Danfoss contactors CI 6-50 cover the power range 2.2-25 kw. CI 6 is built up as a combined contactor/control relay. CI 9

More information

GV2, GV3, and GV7 Manual Motor Starters, Controllers, and Protectors Standard Features

GV2, GV3, and GV7 Manual Motor Starters, Controllers, and Protectors Standard Features Standard Features Table : Standard Features GV2ME GV2P GV3P GV7RE/GV7RS 0. to 32 A Up to 20 hp @ 460 V 0 SCCR @ 480 V Push Button Operator 0. to 30 A Up to 5 hp @ 460 V 50 SCCR @ 480 V Rotary Handle Operator

More information

NEMA Full Voltage Power Devices. Section 1. Control Catalog 1-1

NEMA Full Voltage Power Devices. Section 1.  Control Catalog 1-1 NEMA Rated Full Voltage Power Devices Application Information and Technical Data (300-Line)...-4 Magnetic Nonreversing Starters (CR306, CR386) Basic Features (300-Line) and Technical Features (CR306, CR386)...-7

More information

F-Series General Specifications

F-Series General Specifications arling F-Series General Specifications F-Series breakers are available up to 700, and are also available with a 25 millivolt metering shunt construction. This optional construction provides a safe method

More information

42.4. Terminal Blocks, Fuse Blocks and Fuse Holders. For Immediate Delivery or Tech Support call KMParts.com at (866)

42.4. Terminal Blocks, Fuse Blocks and Fuse Holders. For Immediate Delivery or Tech Support call KMParts.com at (866) .4 Terminal Blocks, Contents Description C383 Series Disconnect Fuse Holders...... C350 Series Fuse Blocks and W Series Fuse Holders.................. Page V7-T-129 V7-T-131 Overview Product Description

More information

Standard voltages. Alternating current (V) /60Hz Alternating current (V)

Standard voltages. Alternating current (V) /60Hz Alternating current (V) Three and four pole contactors 50 to 825 (3) 200 to 250 () ontactors ontrol circuit: lternating current up to 690V irect current up to 500V egree of protection P00 (Pxx with accessories) K07...K3: auxiliary

More information

Bussmann. Circuit Protection Solutions

Bussmann. Circuit Protection Solutions ussmann Circuit Protection Solutions ussmann Worldwide Circuit Protection Solutions World s leading supplier of fuses and fusible protection systems, ussmann continues its 88-year history of blazing new

More information

Standard voltages. Alternating current (V) /60Hz Alternating current (V)

Standard voltages. Alternating current (V) /60Hz Alternating current (V) Series K Three and four pole contactors 150 to 825 (3) 200 to 1250 (1) ontactors ontrol circuit: lternating current up to 690V irect current up to 500V egree of protection P00 (Pxx with accessories) K07K13:

More information

THERMAL-MAGNETIC/MAGNETIC ONLY MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

THERMAL-MAGNETIC/MAGNETIC ONLY MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS THRML-MNTI/MNTI ONLY MOL S IRUIT RKRS INTROUTION SPTMR, 1991 LSS IV xchange of permanent trip circuit breakers (K, L, M or N) furnished in lieu of circuit breakers specified with interchangeable trip.

More information

A. Products shall be designed, manufactured, tested, and installed in compliance with the following standards:

A. Products shall be designed, manufactured, tested, and installed in compliance with the following standards: SECTION 26 29 13 ENCLOSED MOTOR CONTROLLERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. The Conditions of the Contract and applicable requirements of Divisions 0 and 1 and Section 26 00 01, Electrical General

More information

Bulletin 1489 Circuit Breakers. Selection Guide

Bulletin 1489 Circuit Breakers. Selection Guide Bulletin 1489 s Selection Guide Bulletin 1489-A Overview/Description Bulletin 1489-A s Energy-limiting design protects downstream components better than conventional breakers during short circuits Field-mountable

More information

Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units

Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units 14 Variable Frequency A Motor Drive Units ulletin 2162T and 2163T PowerFlex 40 Drive................................................. 171 These combination variable frequency A motor drive units are specifically

More information

SECTION PANELBOARDS

SECTION PANELBOARDS SECTION 16470 PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The general provisions of the contract including General and Special Conditions and General Requirements shall apply to all work under

More information

Design Standard. Purpose: Design Standard:

Design Standard. Purpose: Design Standard: Design Standard Purpose: This design standard has the purpose of creating a consistent application of motor-control centers throughout the East Side Union High School District, therefore achieving a standard

More information

EIC combination motor starters

EIC combination motor starters pplications: Harsh and hazardous motor control environments, including refineries, chemical and petrochemical plants, corrosive process facilities, food and beverage, marine and mining cross-the-line starting

More information

LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR

LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR S-N Motor Control Mitsubishi Electric s S-N Series contactors are perfect for the control of 3 phase power, either for the direct control of a motor, to supply power to a drive or

More information

MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTERS

MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTERS Chapter 6 MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTERS 1 The basic use for the magnetic contactor is for switching power in resistance heating elements, lighting, magnetic brakes, or heavy industrial solenoids. Contactors

More information